Symbol API

Overview

This document lists the routines of the symbolic expression package:

mxnet.symbol Symbol API of MXNet.

The Symbol API, defined in the symbol (or simply sym) package, provides neural network graphs and auto-differentiation. A symbol represents a multi-output symbolic expression. They are composited by operators, such as simple matrix operations (e.g. “+”), or a neural network layer (e.g. convolution layer). An operator can take several input variables, produce more than one output variables, and have internal state variables. A variable can be either free, which we can bind with value later, or an output of another symbol.

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b')
>>> c = 2 * a + b
>>> type(c)

>>> e = c.bind(mx.cpu(), {'a': mx.nd.array([1,2]), 'b':mx.nd.array([2,3])})
>>> y = e.forward()
>>> y
[]
>>> y[0].asnumpy()
array([ 4.,  7.], dtype=float32)

A detailed tutorial is available at Symbol - Neural network graphs and auto-differentiation.

Note

most operators provided in symbol are similar to those in ndarray although there are few differences:

  • symbol adopts declarative programming. In other words, we need to first compose the computations, and then feed it with data for execution whereas ndarray adopts imperative programming.
  • Most binary operators in symbol such as + and > don’t broadcast. We need to call the broadcast version of the operator such as broadcast_plus explicitly.

In the rest of this document, we first overview the methods provided by the symbol.Symbol class, and then list other routines provided by the symbol package.

The Symbol class

Composition

Composite multiple symbols into a new one by an operator.

Symbol.__call__ Composes symbol using inputs.

Arithmetic operations

Symbol.__add__ x.__add__(y) <=> x+y
Symbol.__sub__ x.__sub__(y) <=> x-y
Symbol.__rsub__ x.__rsub__(y) <=> y-x
Symbol.__neg__ x.__neg__() <=> -x
Symbol.__mul__ x.__mul__(y) <=> x*y
Symbol.__div__ x.__div__(y) <=> x/y
Symbol.__rdiv__ x.__rdiv__(y) <=> y/x
Symbol.__mod__ x.__mod__(y) <=> x%y
Symbol.__rmod__ x.__rmod__(y) <=> y%x
Symbol.__pow__ x.__pow__(y) <=> x**y

Trigonometric functions

Symbol.sin Convenience fluent method for sin().
Symbol.cos Convenience fluent method for cos().
Symbol.tan Convenience fluent method for tan().
Symbol.arcsin Convenience fluent method for arcsin().
Symbol.arccos Convenience fluent method for arccos().
Symbol.arctan Convenience fluent method for arctan().
Symbol.degrees Convenience fluent method for degrees().
Symbol.radians Convenience fluent method for radians().

Hyperbolic functions

Symbol.sinh Convenience fluent method for sinh().
Symbol.cosh Convenience fluent method for cosh().
Symbol.tanh Convenience fluent method for tanh().
Symbol.arcsinh Convenience fluent method for arcsinh().
Symbol.arccosh Convenience fluent method for arccosh().
Symbol.arctanh Convenience fluent method for arctanh().

Exponents and logarithms

Symbol.exp Convenience fluent method for exp().
Symbol.expm1 Convenience fluent method for expm1().
Symbol.log Convenience fluent method for log().
Symbol.log10 Convenience fluent method for log10().
Symbol.log2 Convenience fluent method for log2().
Symbol.log1p Convenience fluent method for log1p().

Powers

Symbol.sqrt Convenience fluent method for sqrt().
Symbol.rsqrt Convenience fluent method for rsqrt().
Symbol.cbrt Convenience fluent method for cbrt().
Symbol.rcbrt Convenience fluent method for rcbrt().
Symbol.square Convenience fluent method for square().

Basic neural network functions

Symbol.relu Convenience fluent method for relu().
Symbol.sigmoid Convenience fluent method for sigmoid().
Symbol.softmax Convenience fluent method for softmax().
Symbol.log_softmax Convenience fluent method for log_softmax().

Comparison operators

Symbol.__lt__ x.__lt__(y) <=> x
Symbol.__le__ x.__le__(y) <=> x<=y
Symbol.__gt__ x.__gt__(y) <=> x>y
Symbol.__ge__ x.__ge__(y) <=> x>=y
Symbol.__eq__ x.__eq__(y) <=> x==y
Symbol.__ne__ x.__ne__(y) <=> x!=y

Symbol creation

Symbol.zeros_like Convenience fluent method for zeros_like().
Symbol.ones_like Convenience fluent method for ones_like().
Symbol.diag Convenience fluent method for diag().

Changing shape and type

Symbol.astype Convenience fluent method for cast().
Symbol.shape_array Convenience fluent method for shape_array().
Symbol.size_array Convenience fluent method for size_array().
Symbol.reshape Convenience fluent method for reshape().
Symbol.reshape_like Convenience fluent method for reshape_like().
Symbol.flatten Convenience fluent method for flatten().
Symbol.expand_dims Convenience fluent method for expand_dims().

Expanding elements

Symbol.broadcast_to Convenience fluent method for broadcast_to().
Symbol.broadcast_axes Convenience fluent method for broadcast_axes().
Symbol.broadcast_like Convenience fluent method for broadcast_like().
Symbol.tile Convenience fluent method for tile().
Symbol.pad Convenience fluent method for pad().

Rearranging elements

Symbol.transpose Convenience fluent method for transpose().
Symbol.swapaxes Convenience fluent method for swapaxes().
Symbol.flip Convenience fluent method for flip().
Symbol.depth_to_space Convenience fluent method for depth_to_space().
Symbol.space_to_depth Convenience fluent method for space_to_depth().

Reduce functions

Symbol.sum Convenience fluent method for sum().
Symbol.nansum Convenience fluent method for nansum().
Symbol.prod Convenience fluent method for prod().
Symbol.nanprod Convenience fluent method for nanprod().
Symbol.mean Convenience fluent method for mean().
Symbol.max Convenience fluent method for max().
Symbol.min Convenience fluent method for min().
Symbol.norm Convenience fluent method for norm().

Rounding

Symbol.round Convenience fluent method for round().
Symbol.rint Convenience fluent method for rint().
Symbol.fix Convenience fluent method for fix().
Symbol.floor Convenience fluent method for floor().
Symbol.ceil Convenience fluent method for ceil().
Symbol.trunc Convenience fluent method for trunc().

Sorting and searching

Symbol.sort Convenience fluent method for sort().
Symbol.argsort Convenience fluent method for argsort().
Symbol.topk Convenience fluent method for topk().
Symbol.argmax Convenience fluent method for argmax().
Symbol.argmin Convenience fluent method for argmin().
Symbol.argmax_channel Convenience fluent method for argmax_channel().

Query information

Symbol.name Gets name string from the symbol, this function only works for non-grouped symbol.
Symbol.list_arguments Lists all the arguments in the symbol.
Symbol.list_outputs Lists all the outputs in the symbol.
Symbol.list_auxiliary_states Lists all the auxiliary states in the symbol.
Symbol.list_attr Gets all attributes from the symbol.
Symbol.attr Returns the attribute string for corresponding input key from the symbol.
Symbol.attr_dict Recursively gets all attributes from the symbol and its children.

Indexing

Symbol.slice Convenience fluent method for slice().
Symbol.slice_axis Convenience fluent method for slice_axis().
Symbol.slice_like Convenience fluent method for slice_like().
Symbol.take Convenience fluent method for take().
Symbol.one_hot Convenience fluent method for one_hot().
Symbol.pick Convenience fluent method for pick().
ravel_multi_index Converts a batch of index arrays into an array of flat indices.
unravel_index Converts an array of flat indices into a batch of index arrays.

Get internal and output symbol

Symbol.__getitem__ x.__getitem__(i) <=> x[i]
Symbol.__iter__ Returns a generator object of symbol.
Symbol.get_internals Gets a new grouped symbol sgroup.
Symbol.get_children Gets a new grouped symbol whose output contains inputs to output nodes of the original symbol.

Inference type and shape

Symbol.infer_type Infers the type of all arguments and all outputs, given the known types for some arguments.
Symbol.infer_shape Infers the shapes of all arguments and all outputs given the known shapes of some arguments.
Symbol.infer_shape_partial Infers the shape partially.

Bind

Symbol.bind Binds the current symbol to an executor and returns it.
Symbol.simple_bind Bind current symbol to get an executor, allocate all the arguments needed.

Save

Symbol.save Saves symbol to a file.
Symbol.tojson Saves symbol to a JSON string.
Symbol.debug_str Gets a debug string of symbol.

Miscellaneous

Symbol.clip Convenience fluent method for clip().
Symbol.sign Convenience fluent method for sign().

Symbol creation routines

var Creates a symbolic variable with specified name.
zeros Returns a new symbol of given shape and type, filled with zeros.
zeros_like Return an array of zeros with the same shape, type and storage type as the input array.
ones Returns a new symbol of given shape and type, filled with ones.
ones_like Return an array of ones with the same shape and type as the input array.
arange Returns evenly spaced values within a given interval.

Symbol manipulation routines

Changing shape and type

cast Casts all elements of the input to a new type.
shape_array Returns a 1D int64 array containing the shape of data.
size_array Returns a 1D int64 array containing the size of data.
reshape Reshapes the input array.
reshape_like Reshape some or all dimensions of lhs to have the same shape as some or all dimensions of rhs.
flatten Flattens the input array into a 2-D array by collapsing the higher dimensions.
expand_dims Inserts a new axis of size 1 into the array shape
diag Extracts a diagonal or constructs a diagonal array.

Expanding elements

broadcast_to Broadcasts the input array to a new shape.
broadcast_axes Broadcasts the input array over particular axes.
broadcast_like Broadcasts lhs to have the same shape as rhs.
repeat Repeats elements of an array.
tile Repeats the whole array multiple times.
pad Pads an input array with a constant or edge values of the array.

Rearranging elements

transpose Permutes the dimensions of an array.
swapaxes Interchanges two axes of an array.
flip Reverses the order of elements along given axis while preserving array shape.
depth_to_space Rearranges(permutes) data from depth into blocks of spatial data.
space_to_depth Rearranges(permutes) blocks of spatial data into depth.

Joining and splitting symbols

concat Joins input arrays along a given axis.
split Splits an array along a particular axis into multiple sub-arrays.
stack Join a sequence of arrays along a new axis.

Indexing routines

slice Slices a region of the array.
slice_axis Slices along a given axis.
slice_like Slices a region of the array like the shape of another array.
take Takes elements from an input array along the given axis.
batch_take Takes elements from a data batch.
one_hot Returns a one-hot array.
pick Picks elements from an input array according to the input indices along the given axis.
where Return the elements, either from x or y, depending on the condition.
gather_nd Gather elements or slices from data and store to a tensor whose shape is defined by indices.
scatter_nd Scatters data into a new tensor according to indices.

Mathematical functions

Arithmetic operations

broadcast_add Returns element-wise sum of the input arrays with broadcasting.
broadcast_sub Returns element-wise difference of the input arrays with broadcasting.
broadcast_mul Returns element-wise product of the input arrays with broadcasting.
broadcast_div Returns element-wise division of the input arrays with broadcasting.
broadcast_mod Returns element-wise modulo of the input arrays with broadcasting.
negative Numerical negative of the argument, element-wise.
dot Dot product of two arrays.
batch_dot Batchwise dot product.
add_n Adds all input arguments element-wise.

Trigonometric functions

sin Computes the element-wise sine of the input array.
cos Computes the element-wise cosine of the input array.
tan Computes the element-wise tangent of the input array.
arcsin Returns element-wise inverse sine of the input array.
arccos Returns element-wise inverse cosine of the input array.
arctan Returns element-wise inverse tangent of the input array.
hypot Given the “legs” of a right triangle, returns its hypotenuse.
broadcast_hypot Returns the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle, given its “legs” with broadcasting.
degrees Converts each element of the input array from radians to degrees.
radians Converts each element of the input array from degrees to radians.

Hyperbolic functions

sinh Returns the hyperbolic sine of the input array, computed element-wise.
cosh Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the input array, computed element-wise.
tanh Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the input array, computed element-wise.
arcsinh Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic sine of the input array, computed element-wise.
arccosh Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic cosine of the input array, computed element-wise.
arctanh Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic tangent of the input array, computed element-wise.

Reduce functions

sum Computes the sum of array elements over given axes.
nansum Computes the sum of array elements over given axes treating Not a Numbers (NaN) as zero.
prod Computes the product of array elements over given axes.
nanprod Computes the product of array elements over given axes treating Not a Numbers (NaN) as one.
mean Computes the mean of array elements over given axes.
max Computes the max of array elements over given axes.
min Computes the min of array elements over given axes.
norm Computes the norm on an NDArray.

Rounding

round Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer of the input.
rint Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer of the input.
fix Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer towards zero of the input.
floor Returns element-wise floor of the input.
ceil Returns element-wise ceiling of the input.
trunc Return the element-wise truncated value of the input.

Exponents and logarithms

exp Returns element-wise exponential value of the input.
expm1 Returns exp(x) - 1 computed element-wise on the input.
log Returns element-wise Natural logarithmic value of the input.
log10 Returns element-wise Base-10 logarithmic value of the input.
log2 Returns element-wise Base-2 logarithmic value of the input.
log1p Returns element-wise log(1 + x) value of the input.

Powers

broadcast_power Returns result of first array elements raised to powers from second array, element-wise with broadcasting.
sqrt Returns element-wise square-root value of the input.
rsqrt Returns element-wise inverse square-root value of the input.
cbrt Returns element-wise cube-root value of the input.
rcbrt Returns element-wise inverse cube-root value of the input.
square Returns element-wise squared value of the input.
reciprocal Returns the reciprocal of the argument, element-wise.

Comparison

broadcast_equal Returns the result of element-wise equal to (==) comparison operation with broadcasting.
broadcast_not_equal Returns the result of element-wise not equal to (!=) comparison operation with broadcasting.
broadcast_greater Returns the result of element-wise greater than (>) comparison operation with broadcasting.
broadcast_greater_equal Returns the result of element-wise greater than or equal to (>=) comparison operation with broadcasting.
broadcast_lesser Returns the result of element-wise lesser than (<) comparison operation with broadcasting.
broadcast_lesser_equal Returns the result of element-wise lesser than or equal to (<=) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Logical

broadcast_logical_and Returns the result of element-wise logical and with broadcasting.
broadcast_logical_or Returns the result of element-wise logical or with broadcasting.
broadcast_logical_xor Returns the result of element-wise logical xor with broadcasting.
logical_not Returns the result of logical NOT (!) function

Random sampling

mxnet.symbol.random.uniform Draw random samples from a uniform distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.normal Draw random samples from a normal (Gaussian) distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.gamma Draw random samples from a gamma distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.exponential Draw samples from an exponential distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.poisson Draw random samples from a Poisson distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.negative_binomial Draw random samples from a negative binomial distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.generalized_negative_binomial Draw random samples from a generalized negative binomial distribution.
mxnet.symbol.random.multinomial Concurrent sampling from multiple multinomial distributions.
mxnet.symbol.random.shuffle Shuffle the elements randomly.
mxnet.random.seed Seeds the random number generators in MXNet.

Sorting and searching

sort Returns a sorted copy of an input array along the given axis.
topk Returns the top k elements in an input array along the given axis.
argsort Returns the indices that would sort an input array along the given axis.
argmax Returns indices of the maximum values along an axis.
argmin Returns indices of the minimum values along an axis.

Sequence operation

SequenceLast Takes the last element of a sequence.
SequenceMask Sets all elements outside the sequence to a constant value.
SequenceReverse Reverses the elements of each sequence.

Miscellaneous

maximum Returns element-wise maximum of the input elements.
minimum Returns element-wise minimum of the input elements.
broadcast_maximum Returns element-wise maximum of the input arrays with broadcasting.
broadcast_minimum Returns element-wise minimum of the input arrays with broadcasting.
clip Clips (limits) the values in an array.
abs Returns element-wise absolute value of the input.
sign Returns element-wise sign of the input.
gamma Returns the gamma function (extension of the factorial function to the reals), computed element-wise on the input array.
gammaln Returns element-wise log of the absolute value of the gamma function of the input.

Neural network

Basic

FullyConnected Applies a linear transformation: \(Y = XW^T + b\).
Convolution Compute N-D convolution on (N+2)-D input.
Activation Applies an activation function element-wise to the input.
BatchNorm Batch normalization.
Pooling Performs pooling on the input.
SoftmaxOutput Computes the gradient of cross entropy loss with respect to softmax output.
softmax Applies the softmax function.
log_softmax Computes the log softmax of the input.
relu Computes rectified linear.
sigmoid Computes sigmoid of x element-wise.
erf Returns element-wise gauss error function of the input.

More

Correlation Applies correlation to inputs.
Deconvolution Computes 1D or 2D transposed convolution (aka fractionally strided convolution) of the input tensor.
RNN Applies recurrent layers to input data.
Embedding Maps integer indices to vector representations (embeddings).
LeakyReLU Applies Leaky rectified linear unit activation element-wise to the input.
InstanceNorm Applies instance normalization to the n-dimensional input array.
LayerNorm Layer normalization.
L2Normalization Normalize the input array using the L2 norm.
LRN Applies local response normalization to the input.
ROIPooling Performs region of interest(ROI) pooling on the input array.
SoftmaxActivation Applies softmax activation to input.
Dropout Applies dropout operation to input array.
BilinearSampler Applies bilinear sampling to input feature map.
GridGenerator Generates 2D sampling grid for bilinear sampling.
UpSampling Performs nearest neighbor/bilinear up sampling to inputs.
SpatialTransformer Applies a spatial transformer to input feature map.
LinearRegressionOutput Computes and optimizes for squared loss during backward propagation.
LogisticRegressionOutput Applies a logistic function to the input.
MAERegressionOutput Computes mean absolute error of the input.
SVMOutput Computes support vector machine based transformation of the input.
softmax_cross_entropy Calculate cross entropy of softmax output and one-hot label.
smooth_l1 Calculate Smooth L1 Loss(lhs, scalar) by summing
IdentityAttachKLSparseReg Apply a sparse regularization to the output a sigmoid activation function.
MakeLoss Make your own loss function in network construction.
BlockGrad Stops gradient computation.
Custom Apply a custom operator implemented in a frontend language (like Python).

API Reference

class mxnet.symbol.Symbol(handle)[source]

Symbol is symbolic graph of the mxnet.

__repr__()[source]

Gets a string representation of the symbol.

__iter__()[source]

Returns a generator object of symbol.

One can loop through the returned object list to get outputs.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b')
>>> c = a+b
>>> d = mx.sym.Variable('d')
>>> e = d+c
>>> out = e.get_children()
>>> out

>>> for i in out:
...     i
...


__add__(other)[source]

x.__add__(y) <=> x+y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_add instead.

__sub__(other)[source]

x.__sub__(y) <=> x-y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_sub instead.

__rsub__(other)[source]

x.__rsub__(y) <=> y-x

Only NDArray is supported for now.

Example

>>> x = mx.nd.ones((2,3))*3
>>> y = mx.nd.ones((2,3))
>>> x.__rsub__(y).asnumpy()
array([[-2., -2., -2.],
       [-2., -2., -2.]], dtype=float32)
__mul__(other)[source]

x.__mul__(y) <=> x*y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_mul instead.

__div__(other)[source]

x.__div__(y) <=> x/y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_div instead.

__rdiv__(other)[source]

x.__rdiv__(y) <=> y/x

Only NDArray is supported for now.

Example

>>> x = mx.nd.ones((2,3))*3
>>> y = mx.nd.ones((2,3))
>>> x.__rdiv__(y).asnumpy()
array([[ 0.33333334,  0.33333334,  0.33333334],
       [ 0.33333334,  0.33333334,  0.33333334]], dtype=float32)
__mod__(other)[source]

x.__mod__(y) <=> x%y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_mod instead.

__rmod__(other)[source]

x.__rmod__(y) <=> y%x

Only NDArray is supported for now.

Example

>>> x = mx.nd.ones((2,3))*3
>>> y = mx.nd.ones((2,3))
>>> x.__rmod__(y).asnumpy()
array([[ 1.,  1.,  1.,
       [ 1.,  1.,  1., dtype=float32)
__pow__(other)[source]

x.__pow__(y) <=> x**y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_pow instead.

__neg__()[source]

x.__neg__() <=> -x

Numerical negative, element-wise.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> a

>>> -a

>>> a_neg = a.__neg__()
>>> c = a_neg*b
>>> ex = c.eval(ctx=mx.cpu(), a=mx.nd.ones([2,3]), b=mx.nd.ones([2,3]))
>>> ex[0].asnumpy()
array([[-1., -1., -1.],
       [-1., -1., -1.]], dtype=float32)
__deepcopy__(_)[source]

Returns a deep copy of the input object.

This function returns a deep copy of the input object including the current state of all its parameters such as weights, biases, etc.

Any changes made to the deep copy do not reflect in the original object.

Example

>>> import copy
>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data')
>>> data_1 = copy.deepcopy(data)
>>> data_1 = 2*data
>>> data_1.tojson()
>>> data_1 is data    # Data got modified
False
__eq__(other)[source]

x.__eq__(y) <=> x==y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_equal instead.

__ne__(other)[source]

x.__ne__(y) <=> x!=y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_not_equal instead.

__gt__(other)[source]

x.__gt__(y) <=> x>y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_greater instead.

__ge__(other)[source]

x.__ge__(y) <=> x>=y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_greater_equal instead.

__lt__(other)[source]

x.__lt__(y) <=> x

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_lesser instead.

__le__(other)[source]

x.__le__(y) <=> x<=y

Scalar input is supported. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_lesser_equal instead.

__call__(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Composes symbol using inputs.

x.__call__(y, z) <=> x(y,z)

This function internally calls _compose to compose the symbol and returns the composed symbol.

Example

>>> data = mx.symbol.Variable('data')
>>> net1 = mx.symbol.FullyConnected(data=data, name='fc1', num_hidden=10)
>>> net2 = mx.symbol.FullyConnected(name='fc3', num_hidden=10)
>>> composed = net2(fc3_data=net1, name='composed')
>>> composed

>>> called = net2.__call__(fc3_data=net1, name='composed')
>>> called

Parameters:
  • args – Positional arguments.
  • kwargs – Keyword arguments.
Returns:

Return type:

The resulting symbol.

__getitem__(index)[source]

x.__getitem__(i) <=> x[i]

Returns a sliced view of the input symbol.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> a.__getitem__(0)

>>> a[0]

Parameters:index (int or str) – Indexing key
name

Gets name string from the symbol, this function only works for non-grouped symbol.

Returns:value – The name of this symbol, returns None for grouped symbol.
Return type:str
attr(key)[source]

Returns the attribute string for corresponding input key from the symbol.

This function only works for non-grouped symbols.

Example

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data', attr={'mood': 'angry'})
>>> data.attr('mood')
'angry'
Parameters:key (str) – The key corresponding to the desired attribute.
Returns:value – The desired attribute value, returns None if the attribute does not exist.
Return type:str
list_attr(recursive=False)[source]

Gets all attributes from the symbol.

Example

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data', attr={'mood': 'angry'})
>>> data.list_attr()
{'mood': 'angry'}
Returns:ret – A dictionary mapping attribute keys to values.
Return type:Dict of str to str
attr_dict()[source]

Recursively gets all attributes from the symbol and its children.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a', attr={'a1':'a2'})
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b', attr={'b1':'b2'})
>>> c = a+b
>>> c.attr_dict()
{'a': {'a1': 'a2'}, 'b': {'b1': 'b2'}}
Returns:ret – There is a key in the returned dict for every child with non-empty attribute set. For each symbol, the name of the symbol is its key in the dict and the correspond value is that symbol’s attribute list (itself a dictionary).
Return type:Dict of str to dict
get_internals()[source]

Gets a new grouped symbol sgroup. The output of sgroup is a list of outputs of all of the internal nodes.

Consider the following code:

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> d = c.get_internals()
>>> d

>>> d.list_outputs()
['a', 'b', '_plus4_output']
Returns:sgroup – A symbol group containing all internal and leaf nodes of the computation graph used to compute the symbol.
Return type:Symbol
get_children()[source]

Gets a new grouped symbol whose output contains inputs to output nodes of the original symbol.

Example

>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.Variable('y')
>>> z = mx.sym.Variable('z')
>>> a = y+z
>>> b = x+a
>>> b.get_children()

>>> b.get_children().list_outputs()
['x', '_plus10_output']
>>> b.get_children().get_children().list_outputs()
['y', 'z']
Returns:sgroup – The children of the head node. If the symbol has no inputs then None will be returned.
Return type:Symbol or None
list_arguments()[source]

Lists all the arguments in the symbol.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> c.list_arguments
['a', 'b']
Returns:args – List containing the names of all the arguments required to compute the symbol.
Return type:list of string
list_outputs()[source]

Lists all the outputs in the symbol.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> c.list_outputs()
['_plus12_output']
Returns:List of all the outputs. For most symbols, this list contains only the name of this symbol. For symbol groups, this is a list with the names of all symbols in the group.
Return type:list of str
__len__()[source]

Get number of outputs for the symbol.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> len(c)
Returns:len(self) – Number of outputs
Return type:Number of outputs
list_auxiliary_states()[source]

Lists all the auxiliary states in the symbol.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> c.list_auxiliary_states()
[]

Example of auxiliary states in BatchNorm.

>>> data = mx.symbol.Variable('data')
>>> weight = mx.sym.Variable(name='fc1_weight')
>>> fc1  = mx.symbol.FullyConnected(data = data, weight=weight, name='fc1', num_hidden=128)
>>> fc2 = mx.symbol.BatchNorm(fc1, name='batchnorm0')
>>> fc2.list_auxiliary_states()
['batchnorm0_moving_mean', 'batchnorm0_moving_var']
Returns:aux_states – List of the auxiliary states in input symbol.
Return type:list of str

Notes

Auxiliary states are special states of symbols that do not correspond to an argument, and are not updated by gradient descent. Common examples of auxiliary states include the moving_mean and moving_variance in BatchNorm. Most operators do not have auxiliary states.

list_inputs()[source]

Lists all arguments and auxiliary states of this Symbol.

Returns:inputs – List of all inputs.
Return type:list of str

Examples

>>> bn = mx.sym.BatchNorm(name='bn')
>>> bn.list_arguments()
['bn_data', 'bn_gamma', 'bn_beta']
>>> bn.list_auxiliary_states()
['bn_moving_mean', 'bn_moving_var']
>>> bn.list_inputs()
['bn_data', 'bn_gamma', 'bn_beta', 'bn_moving_mean', 'bn_moving_var']
infer_type(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Infers the type of all arguments and all outputs, given the known types for some arguments.

This function takes the known types of some arguments in either positional way or keyword argument way as input. It returns a tuple of None values if there is not enough information to deduce the missing types.

Inconsistencies in the known types will cause an error to be raised.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> arg_types, out_types, aux_types = c.infer_type(a='float32')
>>> arg_types
[, ]
>>> out_types
[]
>>> aux_types
[]
Parameters:
  • *args – Type of known arguments in a positional way. Unknown type can be marked as None.
  • **kwargs – Keyword arguments of known types.
Returns:

  • arg_types (list of numpy.dtype or None) – List of argument types. The order is same as the order of list_arguments().
  • out_types (list of numpy.dtype or None) – List of output types. The order is same as the order of list_outputs().
  • aux_types (list of numpy.dtype or None) – List of auxiliary state types. The order is same as the order of list_auxiliary_states().

infer_shape(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Infers the shapes of all arguments and all outputs given the known shapes of some arguments.

This function takes the known shapes of some arguments in either positional way or keyword argument way as input. It returns a tuple of None values if there is not enough information to deduce the missing shapes.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.var('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.var('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> arg_shapes, out_shapes, aux_shapes = c.infer_shape(a=(3,3))
>>> arg_shapes
[(3L, 3L), (3L, 3L)]
>>> out_shapes
[(3L, 3L)]
>>> aux_shapes
[]
>>> c.infer_shape(a=(0,3)) # 0s in shape means unknown dimensions. So, returns None.
(None, None, None)

Inconsistencies in the known shapes will cause an error to be raised. See the following example:

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data')
>>> out = mx.sym.FullyConnected(data=data, name='fc1', num_hidden=1000)
>>> out = mx.sym.Activation(data=out, act_type='relu')
>>> out = mx.sym.FullyConnected(data=out, name='fc2', num_hidden=10)
>>> weight_shape= (1, 100)
>>> data_shape = (100, 100)
>>> out.infer_shape(data=data_shape, fc1_weight=weight_shape)
Error in operator fc1: Shape inconsistent, Provided=(1,100), inferred shape=(1000,100)
Parameters:
  • *args – Shape of arguments in a positional way. Unknown shape can be marked as None.
  • **kwargs – Keyword arguments of the known shapes.
Returns:

  • arg_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of argument shapes. The order is same as the order of list_arguments().
  • out_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of output shapes. The order is same as the order of list_outputs().
  • aux_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of auxiliary state shapes. The order is same as the order of list_auxiliary_states().

infer_shape_partial(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Infers the shape partially.

This functions works the same way as infer_shape, except that this function can return partial results.

In the following example, information about fc2 is not available. So, infer_shape will return a tuple of None values but infer_shape_partial will return partial values.

Example

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data')
>>> prev = mx.sym.Variable('prev')
>>> fc1  = mx.sym.FullyConnected(data=data, name='fc1', num_hidden=128)
>>> fc2  = mx.sym.FullyConnected(data=prev, name='fc2', num_hidden=128)
>>> out  = mx.sym.Activation(data=mx.sym.elemwise_add(fc1, fc2), act_type='relu')
>>> out.list_arguments()
['data', 'fc1_weight', 'fc1_bias', 'prev', 'fc2_weight', 'fc2_bias']
>>> out.infer_shape(data=(10,64))
(None, None, None)
>>> out.infer_shape_partial(data=(10,64))
([(10L, 64L), (128L, 64L), (128L,), (), (), ()], [(10L, 128L)], [])
>>> # infers shape if you give information about fc2
>>> out.infer_shape(data=(10,64), prev=(10,128))
([(10L, 64L), (128L, 64L), (128L,), (10L, 128L), (128L, 128L), (128L,)], [(10L, 128L)], [])
Parameters:
  • *args – Shape of arguments in a positional way. Unknown shape can be marked as None
  • **kwargs – Keyword arguments of known shapes.
Returns:

  • arg_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of argument shapes. The order is same as the order of list_arguments().
  • out_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of output shapes. The order is same as the order of list_outputs().
  • aux_shapes (list of tuple or None) – List of auxiliary state shapes. The order is same as the order of list_auxiliary_states().

debug_str()[source]

Gets a debug string of symbol.

It contains Symbol output, variables and operators in the computation graph with their inputs, variables and attributes.

Returns:Debug string of the symbol.
Return type:string

Examples

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.sin(a)
>>> c = 2 * a + b
>>> d = mx.sym.FullyConnected(data=c, num_hidden=10)
>>> d.debug_str()
>>> print d.debug_str()
Symbol Outputs:
        output[0]=fullyconnected0(0)
Variable:a
--------------------
Op:_mul_scalar, Name=_mulscalar0
Inputs:
        arg[0]=a(0) version=0
Attrs:
        scalar=2
--------------------
Op:sin, Name=sin0
Inputs:
        arg[0]=a(0) version=0
--------------------
Op:elemwise_add, Name=_plus0
Inputs:
        arg[0]=_mulscalar0(0)
        arg[1]=sin0(0)
Variable:fullyconnected0_weight
Variable:fullyconnected0_bias
--------------------
Op:FullyConnected, Name=fullyconnected0
Inputs:
        arg[0]=_plus0(0)
        arg[1]=fullyconnected0_weight(0) version=0
        arg[2]=fullyconnected0_bias(0) version=0
Attrs:
        num_hidden=10
save(fname)[source]

Saves symbol to a file.

You can also use pickle to do the job if you only work on python. The advantage of load/save functions is that the file contents are language agnostic. This means the model saved by one language binding can be loaded by a different language binding of MXNet. You also get the benefit of being able to directly load/save from cloud storage(S3, HDFS).

Parameters:fname (str) –

The name of the file.

  • “s3://my-bucket/path/my-s3-symbol”
  • “hdfs://my-bucket/path/my-hdfs-symbol”
  • “/path-to/my-local-symbol”

See also

symbol.load()
Used to load symbol from file.
tojson()[source]

Saves symbol to a JSON string.

See also

symbol.load_json()
Used to load symbol from JSON string.
simple_bind(ctx, grad_req='write', type_dict=None, stype_dict=None, group2ctx=None, shared_arg_names=None, shared_exec=None, shared_buffer=None, **kwargs)[source]

Bind current symbol to get an executor, allocate all the arguments needed. Allows specifying data types.

This function simplifies the binding procedure. You need to specify only input data shapes. Before binding the executor, the function allocates arguments and auxiliary states that were not explicitly specified. Allows specifying data types.

Example

>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.FullyConnected(x, num_hidden=4)
>>> exe = y.simple_bind(mx.cpu(), x=(5,4), grad_req='null')
>>> exe.forward()
[]
>>> exe.outputs[0].asnumpy()
array([[ 0.,  0.,  0.,  0.],
       [ 0.,  0.,  0.,  0.],
       [ 0.,  0.,  0.,  0.],
       [ 0.,  0.,  0.,  0.],
       [ 0.,  0.,  0.,  0.]], dtype=float32)
>>> exe.arg_arrays
[, , ]
>>> exe.grad_arrays
[, , ]
Parameters:
  • ctx (Context) – The device context the generated executor to run on.
  • grad_req (string) –

    {‘write’, ‘add’, ‘null’}, or list of str or dict of str to str, optional To specify how we should update the gradient to the args_grad.

    • ‘write’ means every time gradient is written to specified args_grad NDArray.
    • ‘add’ means every time gradient is added to the specified NDArray.
    • ‘null’ means no action is taken, the gradient may not be calculated.
  • type_dict (Dict of str->numpy.dtype) – Input type dictionary, name->dtype
  • stype_dict (Dict of str->str) – Input storage type dictionary, name->storage_type
  • group2ctx (Dict of string to mx.Context) – The dict mapping the ctx_group attribute to the context assignment.
  • shared_arg_names (List of string) – The argument names whose NDArray of shared_exec can be reused for initializing the current executor.
  • shared_exec (Executor) – The executor whose arg_arrays, arg_arrays, grad_arrays, and aux_arrays can be reused for initializing the current executor.
  • shared_buffer (Dict of string to NDArray) – The dict mapping argument names to the NDArray that can be reused for initializing the current executor. This buffer will be checked for reuse if one argument name of the current executor is not found in shared_arg_names. The NDArray s are expected have default storage type.
  • kwargs (Dict of str->shape) – Input shape dictionary, name->shape
Returns:

executor – The generated executor

Return type:

mxnet.Executor

bind(ctx, args, args_grad=None, grad_req='write', aux_states=None, group2ctx=None, shared_exec=None)[source]

Binds the current symbol to an executor and returns it.

We first declare the computation and then bind to the data to run. This function returns an executor which provides method forward() method for evaluation and a outputs() method to get all the results.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b')
>>> c = a + b

>>> ex = c.bind(ctx=mx.cpu(), args={'a' : mx.nd.ones([2,3]), 'b' : mx.nd.ones([2,3])})
>>> ex.forward()
[]
>>> ex.outputs[0].asnumpy()
[[ 2.  2.  2.]
[ 2.  2.  2.]]
Parameters:
  • ctx (Context) – The device context the generated executor to run on.
  • args (list of NDArray or dict of str to NDArray) –

    Input arguments to the symbol.

    • If the input type is a list of NDArray, the order should be same as the order of list_arguments().
    • If the input type is a dict of str to NDArray, then it maps the name of arguments to the corresponding NDArray.
    • In either case, all the arguments must be provided.
  • args_grad (list of NDArray or dict of str to NDArray, optional) –

    When specified, args_grad provides NDArrays to hold the result of gradient value in backward.

    • If the input type is a list of NDArray, the order should be same as the order of list_arguments().
    • If the input type is a dict of str to NDArray, then it maps the name of arguments to the corresponding NDArray.
    • When the type is a dict of str to NDArray, one only need to provide the dict for required argument gradient. Only the specified argument gradient will be calculated.
  • grad_req ({'write', 'add', 'null'}, or list of str or dict of str to str, optional) –

    To specify how we should update the gradient to the args_grad.

    • ‘write’ means everytime gradient is write to specified args_grad NDArray.
    • ‘add’ means everytime gradient is add to the specified NDArray.
    • ‘null’ means no action is taken, the gradient may not be calculated.
  • aux_states (list of NDArray, or dict of str to NDArray, optional) –

    Input auxiliary states to the symbol, only needed when the output of list_auxiliary_states() is not empty.

    • If the input type is a list of NDArray, the order should be same as the order of list_auxiliary_states().
    • If the input type is a dict of str to NDArray, then it maps the name of auxiliary_states to the corresponding NDArray,
    • In either case, all the auxiliary states need to be provided.
  • group2ctx (Dict of string to mx.Context) – The dict mapping the ctx_group attribute to the context assignment.
  • shared_exec (mx.executor.Executor) – Executor to share memory with. This is intended for runtime reshaping, variable length sequences, etc. The returned executor shares state with shared_exec, and should not be used in parallel with it.
Returns:

executor – The generated executor

Return type:

Executor

Notes

Auxiliary states are the special states of symbols that do not correspond to an argument, and do not have gradient but are still useful for the specific operations. Common examples of auxiliary states include the moving_mean and moving_variance states in BatchNorm. Most operators do not have auxiliary states and in those cases, this parameter can be safely ignored.

One can give up gradient by using a dict in args_grad and only specify gradient they interested in.

gradient(wrt)[source]

Gets the autodiff of current symbol.

This function can only be used if current symbol is a loss function.

Note

This function is currently not implemented.

Parameters:wrt (Array of String) – keyword arguments of the symbol that the gradients are taken.
Returns:grad – A gradient Symbol with returns to be the corresponding gradients.
Return type:Symbol
eval(ctx=None, **kwargs)[source]

Evaluates a symbol given arguments.

The eval method combines a call to bind (which returns an executor) with a call to forward (executor method). For the common use case, where you might repeatedly evaluate with same arguments, eval is slow. In that case, you should call bind once and then repeatedly call forward. This function allows simpler syntax for less cumbersome introspection.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b')
>>> c = a + b
>>> ex = c.eval(ctx = mx.cpu(), a = mx.nd.ones([2,3]), b = mx.nd.ones([2,3]))
>>> ex
[]
>>> ex[0].asnumpy()
array([[ 2.,  2.,  2.],
       [ 2.,  2.,  2.]], dtype=float32)
Parameters:
  • ctx (Context) – The device context the generated executor to run on.
  • kwargs (Keyword arguments of type NDArray) – Input arguments to the symbol. All the arguments must be provided.
Returns:

  • result (a list of NDArrays corresponding to the values taken by each symbol when)
  • evaluated on given args. When called on a single symbol (not a group),
  • the result will be a list with one element.

reshape(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for reshape().

The arguments are the same as for reshape(), with this array as data.

reshape_like(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for reshape_like().

The arguments are the same as for reshape_like(), with this array as data.

astype(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for cast().

The arguments are the same as for cast(), with this array as data.

zeros_like(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for zeros_like().

The arguments are the same as for zeros_like(), with this array as data.

ones_like(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for ones_like().

The arguments are the same as for ones_like(), with this array as data.

broadcast_axes(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for broadcast_axes().

The arguments are the same as for broadcast_axes(), with this array as data.

repeat(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for repeat().

The arguments are the same as for repeat(), with this array as data.

pad(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for pad().

The arguments are the same as for pad(), with this array as data.

swapaxes(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for swapaxes().

The arguments are the same as for swapaxes(), with this array as data.

split(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for split().

The arguments are the same as for split(), with this array as data.

slice(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for slice().

The arguments are the same as for slice(), with this array as data.

slice_axis(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for slice_axis().

The arguments are the same as for slice_axis(), with this array as data.

slice_like(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for slice_like().

The arguments are the same as for slice_like(), with this array as data.

take(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for take().

The arguments are the same as for take(), with this array as data.

one_hot(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for one_hot().

The arguments are the same as for one_hot(), with this array as data.

pick(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for pick().

The arguments are the same as for pick(), with this array as data.

sort(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sort().

The arguments are the same as for sort(), with this array as data.

topk(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for topk().

The arguments are the same as for topk(), with this array as data.

argsort(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for argsort().

The arguments are the same as for argsort(), with this array as data.

argmax(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for argmax().

The arguments are the same as for argmax(), with this array as data.

argmax_channel(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for argmax_channel().

The arguments are the same as for argmax_channel(), with this array as data.

argmin(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for argmin().

The arguments are the same as for argmin(), with this array as data.

clip(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for clip().

The arguments are the same as for clip(), with this array as data.

abs(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for abs().

The arguments are the same as for abs(), with this array as data.

sign(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sign().

The arguments are the same as for sign(), with this array as data.

flatten(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for flatten().

The arguments are the same as for flatten(), with this array as data.

shape_array(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for shape_array().

The arguments are the same as for shape_op(), with this array as data.

size_array(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for size_array().

The arguments are the same as for size_array(), with this array as data.

expand_dims(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for expand_dims().

The arguments are the same as for expand_dims(), with this array as data.

broadcast_to(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for broadcast_to().

The arguments are the same as for broadcast_to(), with this array as data.

broadcast_like(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for broadcast_like().

The arguments are the same as for broadcast_like(), with this array as data.

tile(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for tile().

The arguments are the same as for tile(), with this array as data.

transpose(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for transpose().

The arguments are the same as for transpose(), with this array as data.

flip(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for flip().

The arguments are the same as for flip(), with this array as data.

depth_to_space(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for depth_to_space().

The arguments are the same as for depth_to_space(), with this array as data.

space_to_depth(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for space_to_depth().

The arguments are the same as for space_to_depth(), with this array as data.

diag(k=0, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for diag().

The arguments are the same as for diag(), with this array as data.

sum(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sum().

The arguments are the same as for sum(), with this array as data.

nansum(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for nansum().

The arguments are the same as for nansum(), with this array as data.

prod(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for prod().

The arguments are the same as for prod(), with this array as data.

nanprod(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for nanprod().

The arguments are the same as for nanprod(), with this array as data.

mean(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for mean().

The arguments are the same as for mean(), with this array as data.

max(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for max().

The arguments are the same as for max(), with this array as data.

min(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for min().

The arguments are the same as for min(), with this array as data.

norm(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for norm().

The arguments are the same as for norm(), with this array as data.

round(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for round().

The arguments are the same as for round(), with this array as data.

rint(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for rint().

The arguments are the same as for rint(), with this array as data.

fix(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for fix().

The arguments are the same as for fix(), with this array as data.

floor(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for floor().

The arguments are the same as for floor(), with this array as data.

ceil(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for ceil().

The arguments are the same as for ceil(), with this array as data.

trunc(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for trunc().

The arguments are the same as for trunc(), with this array as data.

sin(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sin().

The arguments are the same as for sin(), with this array as data.

cos(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for cos().

The arguments are the same as for cos(), with this array as data.

tan(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for tan().

The arguments are the same as for tan(), with this array as data.

arcsin(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arcsin().

The arguments are the same as for arcsin(), with this array as data.

arccos(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arccos().

The arguments are the same as for arccos(), with this array as data.

arctan(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arctan().

The arguments are the same as for arctan(), with this array as data.

degrees(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for degrees().

The arguments are the same as for degrees(), with this array as data.

radians(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for radians().

The arguments are the same as for radians(), with this array as data.

sinh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sinh().

The arguments are the same as for sinh(), with this array as data.

cosh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for cosh().

The arguments are the same as for cosh(), with this array as data.

tanh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for tanh().

The arguments are the same as for tanh(), with this array as data.

arcsinh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arcsinh().

The arguments are the same as for arcsinh(), with this array as data.

arccosh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arccosh().

The arguments are the same as for arccosh(), with this array as data.

arctanh(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for arctanh().

The arguments are the same as for arctanh(), with this array as data.

exp(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for exp().

The arguments are the same as for exp(), with this array as data.

expm1(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for expm1().

The arguments are the same as for expm1(), with this array as data.

log(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for log().

The arguments are the same as for log(), with this array as data.

log10(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for log10().

The arguments are the same as for log10(), with this array as data.

log2(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for log2().

The arguments are the same as for log2(), with this array as data.

log1p(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for log1p().

The arguments are the same as for log1p(), with this array as data.

sqrt(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sqrt().

The arguments are the same as for sqrt(), with this array as data.

rsqrt(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for rsqrt().

The arguments are the same as for rsqrt(), with this array as data.

cbrt(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for cbrt().

The arguments are the same as for cbrt(), with this array as data.

rcbrt(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for rcbrt().

The arguments are the same as for rcbrt(), with this array as data.

square(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for square().

The arguments are the same as for square(), with this array as data.

reciprocal(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for reciprocal().

The arguments are the same as for reciprocal(), with this array as data.

relu(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for relu().

The arguments are the same as for relu(), with this array as data.

sigmoid(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for sigmoid().

The arguments are the same as for sigmoid(), with this array as data.

softmax(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for softmax().

The arguments are the same as for softmax(), with this array as data.

log_softmax(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for log_softmax().

The arguments are the same as for log_softmax(), with this array as data.

softmin(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for softmin().

The arguments are the same as for softmin(), with this array as data.

squeeze(*args, **kwargs)[source]

Convenience fluent method for squeeze().

The arguments are the same as for squeeze(), with this array as data.

get_backend_symbol(backend)[source]

Return symbol for target backend.

Parameters:backend (str) – The backend names.
Returns:out – The created Symbol for target backend.
Return type:Symbol

Symbol API of MXNet.

mxnet.symbol.Activation(data=None, act_type=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies an activation function element-wise to the input.

The following activation functions are supported:

  • relu: Rectified Linear Unit, \(y = max(x, 0)\)
  • sigmoid: \(y = \frac{1}{1 + exp(-x)}\)
  • tanh: Hyperbolic tangent, \(y = \frac{exp(x) - exp(-x)}{exp(x) + exp(-x)}\)
  • softrelu: Soft ReLU, or SoftPlus, \(y = log(1 + exp(x))\)
  • softsign: \(y = \frac{x}{1 + abs(x)}\)

Defined in src/operator/nn/activation.cc:L168

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • act_type ({'relu', 'sigmoid', 'softrelu', 'softsign', 'tanh'}, required) – Activation function to be applied.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

A one-hidden-layer MLP with ReLU activation:

>>> data = Variable('data')
>>> mlp = FullyConnected(data=data, num_hidden=128, name='proj')
>>> mlp = Activation(data=mlp, act_type='relu', name='activation')
>>> mlp = FullyConnected(data=mlp, num_hidden=10, name='mlp')
>>> mlp

ReLU activation

>>> test_suites = [
... ('relu', lambda x: np.maximum(x, 0)),
... ('sigmoid', lambda x: 1 / (1 + np.exp(-x))),
... ('tanh', lambda x: np.tanh(x)),
... ('softrelu', lambda x: np.log(1 + np.exp(x)))
... ]
>>> x = test_utils.random_arrays((2, 3, 4))
>>> for act_type, numpy_impl in test_suites:
... op = Activation(act_type=act_type, name='act')
... y = test_utils.simple_forward(op, act_data=x)
... y_np = numpy_impl(x)
... print('%s: %s' % (act_type, test_utils.almost_equal(y, y_np)))
relu: True
sigmoid: True
tanh: True
softrelu: True
mxnet.symbol.BatchNorm(data=None, gamma=None, beta=None, moving_mean=None, moving_var=None, eps=_Null, momentum=_Null, fix_gamma=_Null, use_global_stats=_Null, output_mean_var=_Null, axis=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Batch normalization.

Normalizes a data batch by mean and variance, and applies a scale gamma as well as offset beta.

Assume the input has more than one dimension and we normalize along axis 1. We first compute the mean and variance along this axis:

\[\begin{split}data\_mean[i] = mean(data[:,i,:,...]) \\ data\_var[i] = var(data[:,i,:,...])\end{split}\]

Then compute the normalized output, which has the same shape as input, as following:

\[out[:,i,:,...] = \frac{data[:,i,:,...] - data\_mean[i]}{\sqrt{data\_var[i]+\epsilon}} * gamma[i] + beta[i]\]

Both mean and var returns a scalar by treating the input as a vector.

Assume the input has size k on axis 1, then both gamma and beta have shape (k,). If output_mean_var is set to be true, then outputs both data_mean and the inverse of data_var, which are needed for the backward pass. Note that gradient of these two outputs are blocked.

Besides the inputs and the outputs, this operator accepts two auxiliary states, moving_mean and moving_var, which are k-length vectors. They are global statistics for the whole dataset, which are updated by:

moving_mean = moving_mean * momentum + data_mean * (1 - momentum)
moving_var = moving_var * momentum + data_var * (1 - momentum)

If use_global_stats is set to be true, then moving_mean and moving_var are used instead of data_mean and data_var to compute the output. It is often used during inference.

The parameter axis specifies which axis of the input shape denotes the ‘channel’ (separately normalized groups). The default is 1. Specifying -1 sets the channel axis to be the last item in the input shape.

Both gamma and beta are learnable parameters. But if fix_gamma is true, then set gamma to 1 and its gradient to 0.

Note

When fix_gamma is set to True, no sparse support is provided. If fix_gamma is set to False, the sparse tensors will fallback.

Defined in src/operator/nn/batch_norm.cc:L574

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to batch normalization
  • gamma (Symbol) – gamma array
  • beta (Symbol) – beta array
  • moving_mean (Symbol) – running mean of input
  • moving_var (Symbol) – running variance of input
  • eps (double, optional, default=0.001) – Epsilon to prevent div 0. Must be no less than CUDNN_BN_MIN_EPSILON defined in cudnn.h when using cudnn (usually 1e-5)
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0.9) – Momentum for moving average
  • fix_gamma (boolean, optional, default=1) – Fix gamma while training
  • use_global_stats (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether use global moving statistics instead of local batch-norm. This will force change batch-norm into a scale shift operator.
  • output_mean_var (boolean, optional, default=0) – Output the mean and inverse std
  • axis (int, optional, default='1') – Specify which shape axis the channel is specified
  • cudnn_off (boolean, optional, default=0) – Do not select CUDNN operator, if available
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.BatchNorm_v1(data=None, gamma=None, beta=None, eps=_Null, momentum=_Null, fix_gamma=_Null, use_global_stats=_Null, output_mean_var=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Batch normalization.

This operator is DEPRECATED. Perform BatchNorm on the input.

Normalizes a data batch by mean and variance, and applies a scale gamma as well as offset beta.

Assume the input has more than one dimension and we normalize along axis 1. We first compute the mean and variance along this axis:

\[\begin{split}data\_mean[i] = mean(data[:,i,:,...]) \\ data\_var[i] = var(data[:,i,:,...])\end{split}\]

Then compute the normalized output, which has the same shape as input, as following:

\[out[:,i,:,...] = \frac{data[:,i,:,...] - data\_mean[i]}{\sqrt{data\_var[i]+\epsilon}} * gamma[i] + beta[i]\]

Both mean and var returns a scalar by treating the input as a vector.

Assume the input has size k on axis 1, then both gamma and beta have shape (k,). If output_mean_var is set to be true, then outputs both data_mean and data_var as well, which are needed for the backward pass.

Besides the inputs and the outputs, this operator accepts two auxiliary states, moving_mean and moving_var, which are k-length vectors. They are global statistics for the whole dataset, which are updated by:

moving_mean = moving_mean * momentum + data_mean * (1 - momentum)
moving_var = moving_var * momentum + data_var * (1 - momentum)

If use_global_stats is set to be true, then moving_mean and moving_var are used instead of data_mean and data_var to compute the output. It is often used during inference.

Both gamma and beta are learnable parameters. But if fix_gamma is true, then set gamma to 1 and its gradient to 0.

There’s no sparse support for this operator, and it will exhibit problematic behavior if used with sparse tensors.

Defined in src/operator/batch_norm_v1.cc:L95

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to batch normalization
  • gamma (Symbol) – gamma array
  • beta (Symbol) – beta array
  • eps (float, optional, default=0.001) – Epsilon to prevent div 0
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0.9) – Momentum for moving average
  • fix_gamma (boolean, optional, default=1) – Fix gamma while training
  • use_global_stats (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether use global moving statistics instead of local batch-norm. This will force change batch-norm into a scale shift operator.
  • output_mean_var (boolean, optional, default=0) – Output All,normal mean and var
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.BilinearSampler(data=None, grid=None, cudnn_off=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies bilinear sampling to input feature map.

Bilinear Sampling is the key of [NIPS2015] “Spatial Transformer Networks”. The usage of the operator is very similar to remap function in OpenCV, except that the operator has the backward pass.

Given \(data\) and \(grid\), then the output is computed by

\[\begin{split}x_{src} = grid[batch, 0, y_{dst}, x_{dst}] \\ y_{src} = grid[batch, 1, y_{dst}, x_{dst}] \\ output[batch, channel, y_{dst}, x_{dst}] = G(data[batch, channel, y_{src}, x_{src})\end{split}\]

\(x_{dst}\), \(y_{dst}\) enumerate all spatial locations in \(output\), and \(G()\) denotes the bilinear interpolation kernel. The out-boundary points will be padded with zeros.The shape of the output will be (data.shape[0], data.shape[1], grid.shape[2], grid.shape[3]).

The operator assumes that \(data\) has ‘NCHW’ layout and \(grid\) has been normalized to [-1, 1].

BilinearSampler often cooperates with GridGenerator which generates sampling grids for BilinearSampler. GridGenerator supports two kinds of transformation: affine and warp. If users want to design a CustomOp to manipulate \(grid\), please firstly refer to the code of GridGenerator.

Example 1:

## Zoom out data two times
data = array([[[[1, 4, 3, 6],
                [1, 8, 8, 9],
                [0, 4, 1, 5],
                [1, 0, 1, 3]]]])

affine_matrix = array([[2, 0, 0],
                       [0, 2, 0]])

affine_matrix = reshape(affine_matrix, shape=(1, 6))

grid = GridGenerator(data=affine_matrix, transform_type='affine', target_shape=(4, 4))

out = BilinearSampler(data, grid)

out
[[[[ 0,   0,     0,   0],
   [ 0,   3.5,   6.5, 0],
   [ 0,   1.25,  2.5, 0],
   [ 0,   0,     0,   0]]]

Example 2:

## shift data horizontally by -1 pixel

data = array([[[[1, 4, 3, 6],
                [1, 8, 8, 9],
                [0, 4, 1, 5],
                [1, 0, 1, 3]]]])

warp_maxtrix = array([[[[1, 1, 1, 1],
                        [1, 1, 1, 1],
                        [1, 1, 1, 1],
                        [1, 1, 1, 1]],
                       [[0, 0, 0, 0],
                        [0, 0, 0, 0],
                        [0, 0, 0, 0],
                        [0, 0, 0, 0]]]])

grid = GridGenerator(data=warp_matrix, transform_type='warp')
out = BilinearSampler(data, grid)

out
[[[[ 4,  3,  6,  0],
   [ 8,  8,  9,  0],
   [ 4,  1,  5,  0],
   [ 0,  1,  3,  0]]]

Defined in src/operator/bilinear_sampler.cc:L256

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the BilinearsamplerOp.
  • grid (Symbol) – Input grid to the BilinearsamplerOp.grid has two channels: x_src, y_src
  • cudnn_off (boolean or None, optional, default=None) – whether to turn cudnn off
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.BlockGrad(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Stops gradient computation.

Stops the accumulated gradient of the inputs from flowing through this operator in the backward direction. In other words, this operator prevents the contribution of its inputs to be taken into account for computing gradients.

Example:

v1 = [1, 2]
v2 = [0, 1]
a = Variable('a')
b = Variable('b')
b_stop_grad = stop_gradient(3 * b)
loss = MakeLoss(b_stop_grad + a)

executor = loss.simple_bind(ctx=cpu(), a=(1,2), b=(1,2))
executor.forward(is_train=True, a=v1, b=v2)
executor.outputs
[ 1.  5.]

executor.backward()
executor.grad_arrays
[ 0.  0.]
[ 1.  1.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L267

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.CTCLoss(data=None, label=None, data_lengths=None, label_lengths=None, use_data_lengths=_Null, use_label_lengths=_Null, blank_label=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Connectionist Temporal Classification Loss.

Note

The existing alias contrib_CTCLoss is deprecated.

The shapes of the inputs and outputs:

  • data: (sequence_length, batch_size, alphabet_size)
  • label: (batch_size, label_sequence_length)
  • out: (batch_size)

The data tensor consists of sequences of activation vectors (without applying softmax), with i-th channel in the last dimension corresponding to i-th label for i between 0 and alphabet_size-1 (i.e always 0-indexed). Alphabet size should include one additional value reserved for blank label. When blank_label is "first", the 0-th channel is be reserved for activation of blank label, or otherwise if it is “last”, (alphabet_size-1)-th channel should be reserved for blank label.

label is an index matrix of integers. When blank_label is "first", the value 0 is then reserved for blank label, and should not be passed in this matrix. Otherwise, when blank_label is "last", the value (alphabet_size-1) is reserved for blank label.

If a sequence of labels is shorter than label_sequence_length, use the special padding value at the end of the sequence to conform it to the correct length. The padding value is 0 when blank_label is "first", and -1 otherwise.

For example, suppose the vocabulary is [a, b, c], and in one batch we have three sequences ‘ba’, ‘cbb’, and ‘abac’. When blank_label is "first", we can index the labels as {‘a’: 1, ‘b’: 2, ‘c’: 3}, and we reserve the 0-th channel for blank label in data tensor. The resulting label tensor should be padded to be:

[[2, 1, 0, 0], [3, 2, 2, 0], [1, 2, 1, 3]]

When blank_label is "last", we can index the labels as {‘a’: 0, ‘b’: 1, ‘c’: 2}, and we reserve the channel index 3 for blank label in data tensor. The resulting label tensor should be padded to be:

[[1, 0, -1, -1], [2, 1, 1, -1], [0, 1, 0, 2]]

out is a list of CTC loss values, one per example in the batch.

See Connectionist Temporal Classification: Labelling Unsegmented Sequence Data with Recurrent Neural Networks, A. Graves et al. for more information on the definition and the algorithm.

Defined in src/operator/nn/ctc_loss.cc:L100

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input ndarray
  • label (Symbol) – Ground-truth labels for the loss.
  • data_lengths (Symbol) – Lengths of data for each of the samples. Only required when use_data_lengths is true.
  • label_lengths (Symbol) – Lengths of labels for each of the samples. Only required when use_label_lengths is true.
  • use_data_lengths (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether the data lenghts are decided by data_lengths. If false, the lengths are equal to the max sequence length.
  • use_label_lengths (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether the label lenghts are decided by label_lengths, or derived from padding_mask. If false, the lengths are derived from the first occurrence of the value of padding_mask. The value of padding_mask is 0 when first CTC label is reserved for blank, and -1 when last label is reserved for blank. See blank_label.
  • blank_label ({'first', 'last'},optional, default='first') – Set the label that is reserved for blank label.If “first”, 0-th label is reserved, and label values for tokens in the vocabulary are between 1 and alphabet_size-1, and the padding mask is -1. If “last”, last label value alphabet_size-1 is reserved for blank label instead, and label values for tokens in the vocabulary are between 0 and alphabet_size-2, and the padding mask is 0.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Cast(data=None, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Casts all elements of the input to a new type.

Note

Cast is deprecated. Use cast instead.

Example:

cast([0.9, 1.3], dtype='int32') = [0, 1]
cast([1e20, 11.1], dtype='float16') = [inf, 11.09375]
cast([300, 11.1, 10.9, -1, -3], dtype='uint8') = [44, 11, 10, 255, 253]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L596

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'int64', 'int8', 'uint8'}, required) – Output data type.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Concat(*data, **kwargs)

Joins input arrays along a given axis.

Note

Concat is deprecated. Use concat instead.

The dimensions of the input arrays should be the same except the axis along which they will be concatenated. The dimension of the output array along the concatenated axis will be equal to the sum of the corresponding dimensions of the input arrays.

The storage type of concat output depends on storage types of inputs

  • concat(csr, csr, ..., csr, dim=0) = csr
  • otherwise, concat generates output with default storage

Example:

x = [[1,1],[2,2]]
y = [[3,3],[4,4],[5,5]]
z = [[6,6], [7,7],[8,8]]

concat(x,y,z,dim=0) = [[ 1.,  1.],
                       [ 2.,  2.],
                       [ 3.,  3.],
                       [ 4.,  4.],
                       [ 5.,  5.],
                       [ 6.,  6.],
                       [ 7.,  7.],
                       [ 8.,  8.]]

Note that you cannot concat x,y,z along dimension 1 since dimension
0 is not the same for all the input arrays.

concat(y,z,dim=1) = [[ 3.,  3.,  6.,  6.],
                      [ 4.,  4.,  7.,  7.],
                      [ 5.,  5.,  8.,  8.]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/concat.cc:L368 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – List of arrays to concatenate
  • dim (int, optional, default='1') – the dimension to be concated.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

Concat two (or more) inputs along a specific dimension:

>>> a = Variable('a')
>>> b = Variable('b')
>>> c = Concat(a, b, dim=1, name='my-concat')
>>> c

>>> SymbolDoc.get_output_shape(c, a=(128, 10, 3, 3), b=(128, 15, 3, 3))
{'my-concat_output': (128L, 25L, 3L, 3L)}

Note the shape should be the same except on the dimension that is being concatenated.

mxnet.symbol.Convolution(data=None, weight=None, bias=None, kernel=_Null, stride=_Null, dilate=_Null, pad=_Null, num_filter=_Null, num_group=_Null, workspace=_Null, no_bias=_Null, cudnn_tune=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, layout=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Compute N-D convolution on (N+2)-D input.

In the 2-D convolution, given input data with shape (batch_size, channel, height, width), the output is computed by

\[out[n,i,:,:] = bias[i] + \sum_{j=0}^{channel} data[n,j,:,:] \star weight[i,j,:,:]\]

where \(\star\) is the 2-D cross-correlation operator.

For general 2-D convolution, the shapes are

  • data: (batch_size, channel, height, width)
  • weight: (num_filter, channel, kernel[0], kernel[1])
  • bias: (num_filter,)
  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_height, out_width).

Define:

f(x,k,p,s,d) = floor((x+2*p-d*(k-1)-1)/s)+1

then we have:

out_height=f(height, kernel[0], pad[0], stride[0], dilate[0])
out_width=f(width, kernel[1], pad[1], stride[1], dilate[1])

If no_bias is set to be true, then the bias term is ignored.

The default data layout is NCHW, namely (batch_size, channel, height, width). We can choose other layouts such as NWC.

If num_group is larger than 1, denoted by g, then split the input data evenly into g parts along the channel axis, and also evenly split weight along the first dimension. Next compute the convolution on the i-th part of the data with the i-th weight part. The output is obtained by concatenating all the g results.

1-D convolution does not have height dimension but only width in space.

  • data: (batch_size, channel, width)
  • weight: (num_filter, channel, kernel[0])
  • bias: (num_filter,)
  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_width).

3-D convolution adds an additional depth dimension besides height and width. The shapes are

  • data: (batch_size, channel, depth, height, width)
  • weight: (num_filter, channel, kernel[0], kernel[1], kernel[2])
  • bias: (num_filter,)
  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_depth, out_height, out_width).

Both weight and bias are learnable parameters.

There are other options to tune the performance.

  • cudnn_tune: enable this option leads to higher startup time but may give faster speed. Options are
    • off: no tuning
    • limited_workspace:run test and pick the fastest algorithm that doesn’t exceed workspace limit.
    • fastest: pick the fastest algorithm and ignore workspace limit.
    • None (default): the behavior is determined by environment variable MXNET_CUDNN_AUTOTUNE_DEFAULT. 0 for off, 1 for limited workspace (default), 2 for fastest.
  • workspace: A large number leads to more (GPU) memory usage but may improve the performance.

Defined in src/operator/nn/convolution.cc:L461

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the ConvolutionOp.
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight matrix.
  • bias (Symbol) – Bias parameter.
  • kernel (Shape(tuple), required) – Convolution kernel size: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w)
  • stride (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Convolution stride: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). Defaults to 1 for each dimension.
  • dilate (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Convolution dilate: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). Defaults to 1 for each dimension.
  • pad (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Zero pad for convolution: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). Defaults to no padding.
  • num_filter (int (non-negative), required) – Convolution filter(channel) number
  • num_group (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – Number of group partitions.
  • workspace (long (non-negative), optional, default=1024) – Maximum temporary workspace allowed (MB) in convolution.This parameter has two usages. When CUDNN is not used, it determines the effective batch size of the convolution kernel. When CUDNN is used, it controls the maximum temporary storage used for tuning the best CUDNN kernel when limited_workspace strategy is used.
  • no_bias (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to disable bias parameter.
  • cudnn_tune ({None, 'fastest', 'limited_workspace', 'off'},optional, default='None') – Whether to pick convolution algo by running performance test.
  • cudnn_off (boolean, optional, default=0) – Turn off cudnn for this layer.
  • layout ({None, 'NCDHW', 'NCHW', 'NCW', 'NDHWC', 'NHWC'},optional, default='None') – Set layout for input, output and weight. Empty for default layout: NCW for 1d, NCHW for 2d and NCDHW for 3d.NHWC and NDHWC are only supported on GPU.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Convolution_v1(data=None, weight=None, bias=None, kernel=_Null, stride=_Null, dilate=_Null, pad=_Null, num_filter=_Null, num_group=_Null, workspace=_Null, no_bias=_Null, cudnn_tune=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, layout=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

This operator is DEPRECATED. Apply convolution to input then add a bias.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the ConvolutionV1Op.
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight matrix.
  • bias (Symbol) – Bias parameter.
  • kernel (Shape(tuple), required) – convolution kernel size: (h, w) or (d, h, w)
  • stride (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – convolution stride: (h, w) or (d, h, w)
  • dilate (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – convolution dilate: (h, w) or (d, h, w)
  • pad (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – pad for convolution: (h, w) or (d, h, w)
  • num_filter (int (non-negative), required) – convolution filter(channel) number
  • num_group (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – Number of group partitions. Equivalent to slicing input into num_group partitions, apply convolution on each, then concatenate the results
  • workspace (long (non-negative), optional, default=1024) – Maximum temporary workspace allowed for convolution (MB).This parameter determines the effective batch size of the convolution kernel, which may be smaller than the given batch size. Also, the workspace will be automatically enlarged to make sure that we can run the kernel with batch_size=1
  • no_bias (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to disable bias parameter.
  • cudnn_tune ({None, 'fastest', 'limited_workspace', 'off'},optional, default='None') – Whether to pick convolution algo by running performance test. Leads to higher startup time but may give faster speed. Options are: ‘off’: no tuning ‘limited_workspace’: run test and pick the fastest algorithm that doesn’t exceed workspace limit. ‘fastest’: pick the fastest algorithm and ignore workspace limit. If set to None (default), behavior is determined by environment variable MXNET_CUDNN_AUTOTUNE_DEFAULT: 0 for off, 1 for limited workspace (default), 2 for fastest.
  • cudnn_off (boolean, optional, default=0) – Turn off cudnn for this layer.
  • layout ({None, 'NCDHW', 'NCHW', 'NDHWC', 'NHWC'},optional, default='None') – Set layout for input, output and weight. Empty for default layout: NCHW for 2d and NCDHW for 3d.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Correlation(data1=None, data2=None, kernel_size=_Null, max_displacement=_Null, stride1=_Null, stride2=_Null, pad_size=_Null, is_multiply=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies correlation to inputs.

The correlation layer performs multiplicative patch comparisons between two feature maps.

Given two multi-channel feature maps \(f_{1}, f_{2}\), with \(w\), \(h\), and \(c\) being their width, height, and number of channels, the correlation layer lets the network compare each patch from \(f_{1}\) with each patch from \(f_{2}\).

For now we consider only a single comparison of two patches. The ‘correlation’ of two patches centered at \(x_{1}\) in the first map and \(x_{2}\) in the second map is then defined as:

\[c(x_{1}, x_{2}) = \sum_{o \in [-k,k] \times [-k,k]} \]

for a square patch of size \(K:=2k+1\).

Note that the equation above is identical to one step of a convolution in neural networks, but instead of convolving data with a filter, it convolves data with other data. For this reason, it has no training weights.

Computing \(c(x_{1}, x_{2})\) involves \(c * K^{2}\) multiplications. Comparing all patch combinations involves \(w^{2}*h^{2}\) such computations.

Given a maximum displacement \(d\), for each location \(x_{1}\) it computes correlations \(c(x_{1}, x_{2})\) only in a neighborhood of size \(D:=2d+1\), by limiting the range of \(x_{2}\). We use strides \(s_{1}, s_{2}\), to quantize \(x_{1}\) globally and to quantize \(x_{2}\) within the neighborhood centered around \(x_{1}\).

The final output is defined by the following expression:

\[out[n, q, i, j] = c(x_{i, j}, x_{q})\]

where \(i\) and \(j\) enumerate spatial locations in \(f_{1}\), and \(q\) denotes the \(q^{th}\) neighborhood of \(x_{i,j}\).

Defined in src/operator/correlation.cc:L198

Parameters:
  • data1 (Symbol) – Input data1 to the correlation.
  • data2 (Symbol) – Input data2 to the correlation.
  • kernel_size (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – kernel size for Correlation must be an odd number
  • max_displacement (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – Max displacement of Correlation
  • stride1 (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – stride1 quantize data1 globally
  • stride2 (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – stride2 quantize data2 within the neighborhood centered around data1
  • pad_size (int (non-negative), optional, default=0) – pad for Correlation
  • is_multiply (boolean, optional, default=1) – operation type is either multiplication or subduction
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Crop(*data, **kwargs)

Note

Crop is deprecated. Use slice instead.

Crop the 2nd and 3rd dim of input data, with the corresponding size of h_w or with width and height of the second input symbol, i.e., with one input, we need h_w to specify the crop height and width, otherwise the second input symbol’s size will be used

Defined in src/operator/crop.cc:L50 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol or Symbol[]) – Tensor or List of Tensors, the second input will be used as crop_like shape reference
  • offset (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[0,0]) – crop offset coordinate: (y, x)
  • h_w (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[0,0]) – crop height and width: (h, w)
  • center_crop (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, then it will use be the center_crop,or it will crop using the shape of crop_like
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Custom(*data, **kwargs)

Apply a custom operator implemented in a frontend language (like Python).

Custom operators should override required methods like forward and backward. The custom operator must be registered before it can be used. Please check the tutorial here: /versions/1.4.1/faq/new_op.html.

Defined in src/operator/custom/custom.cc:L547

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – Input data for the custom operator.
  • op_type (string) – Name of the custom operator. This is the name that is passed to mx.operator.register to register the operator.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Deconvolution(data=None, weight=None, bias=None, kernel=_Null, stride=_Null, dilate=_Null, pad=_Null, adj=_Null, target_shape=_Null, num_filter=_Null, num_group=_Null, workspace=_Null, no_bias=_Null, cudnn_tune=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, layout=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes 1D or 2D transposed convolution (aka fractionally strided convolution) of the input tensor. This operation can be seen as the gradient of Convolution operation with respect to its input. Convolution usually reduces the size of the input. Transposed convolution works the other way, going from a smaller input to a larger output while preserving the connectivity pattern.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input tensor to the deconvolution operation.
  • weight (Symbol) – Weights representing the kernel.
  • bias (Symbol) – Bias added to the result after the deconvolution operation.
  • kernel (Shape(tuple), required) – Deconvolution kernel size: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). This is same as the kernel size used for the corresponding convolution
  • stride (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The stride used for the corresponding convolution: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). Defaults to 1 for each dimension.
  • dilate (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Dilation factor for each dimension of the input: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). Defaults to 1 for each dimension.
  • pad (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The amount of implicit zero padding added during convolution for each dimension of the input: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). (kernel-1)/2 is usually a good choice. If target_shape is set, pad will be ignored and a padding that will generate the target shape will be used. Defaults to no padding.
  • adj (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Adjustment for output shape: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w). If target_shape is set, adj will be ignored and computed accordingly.
  • target_shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output tensor: (w,), (h, w) or (d, h, w).
  • num_filter (int (non-negative), required) – Number of output filters.
  • num_group (int (non-negative), optional, default=1) – Number of groups partition.
  • workspace (long (non-negative), optional, default=512) – Maximum temporary workspace allowed (MB) in deconvolution.This parameter has two usages. When CUDNN is not used, it determines the effective batch size of the deconvolution kernel. When CUDNN is used, it controls the maximum temporary storage used for tuning the best CUDNN kernel when limited_workspace strategy is used.
  • no_bias (boolean, optional, default=1) – Whether to disable bias parameter.
  • cudnn_tune ({None, 'fastest', 'limited_workspace', 'off'},optional, default='None') – Whether to pick convolution algorithm by running performance test.
  • cudnn_off (boolean, optional, default=0) – Turn off cudnn for this layer.
  • layout ({None, 'NCDHW', 'NCHW', 'NCW', 'NDHWC', 'NHWC'},optional, default='None') – Set layout for input, output and weight. Empty for default layout, NCW for 1d, NCHW for 2d and NCDHW for 3d.NHWC and NDHWC are only supported on GPU.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Dropout(data=None, p=_Null, mode=_Null, axes=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies dropout operation to input array.

  • During training, each element of the input is set to zero with probability p. The whole array is rescaled by \(1/(1-p)\) to keep the expected sum of the input unchanged.
  • During testing, this operator does not change the input if mode is ‘training’. If mode is ‘always’, the same computaion as during training will be applied.

Example:

random.seed(998)
input_array = array([[3., 0.5,  -0.5,  2., 7.],
                    [2., -0.4,   7.,  3., 0.2]])
a = symbol.Variable('a')
dropout = symbol.Dropout(a, p = 0.2)
executor = dropout.simple_bind(a = input_array.shape)

## If training
executor.forward(is_train = True, a = input_array)
executor.outputs
[[ 3.75   0.625 -0.     2.5    8.75 ]
 [ 2.5   -0.5    8.75   3.75   0.   ]]

## If testing
executor.forward(is_train = False, a = input_array)
executor.outputs
[[ 3.     0.5   -0.5    2.     7.   ]
 [ 2.    -0.4    7.     3.     0.2  ]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/dropout.cc:L76

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array to which dropout will be applied.
  • p (float, optional, default=0.5) – Fraction of the input that gets dropped out during training time.
  • mode ({'always', 'training'},optional, default='training') – Whether to only turn on dropout during training or to also turn on for inference.
  • axes (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Axes for variational dropout kernel.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

Apply dropout to corrupt input as zero with probability 0.2:

>>> data = Variable('data')
>>> data_dp = Dropout(data=data, p=0.2)
>>> shape = (100, 100)  # take larger shapes to be more statistical stable
>>> x = np.ones(shape)
>>> op = Dropout(p=0.5, name='dp')
>>> # dropout is identity during testing
>>> y = test_utils.simple_forward(op, dp_data=x, is_train=False)
>>> test_utils.almost_equal(x, y)
True
>>> y = test_utils.simple_forward(op, dp_data=x, is_train=True)
>>> # expectation is (approximately) unchanged
>>> np.abs(x.mean() - y.mean()) < 0.1
True
>>> set(np.unique(y)) == set([0, 2])
True
mxnet.symbol.ElementWiseSum(*args, **kwargs)

Adds all input arguments element-wise.

\[add\_n(a_1, a_2, ..., a_n) = a_1 + a_2 + ... + a_n\]

add_n is potentially more efficient than calling add by n times.

The storage type of add_n output depends on storage types of inputs

  • add_n(row_sparse, row_sparse, ..) = row_sparse
  • add_n(default, csr, default) = default
  • add_n(any input combinations longer than 4 (>4) with at least one default type) = default
  • otherwise, add_n falls all inputs back to default storage and generates default storage

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_sum.cc:L156 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • args (Symbol[]) – Positional input arguments
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Embedding(data=None, weight=None, input_dim=_Null, output_dim=_Null, dtype=_Null, sparse_grad=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Maps integer indices to vector representations (embeddings).

This operator maps words to real-valued vectors in a high-dimensional space, called word embeddings. These embeddings can capture semantic and syntactic properties of the words. For example, it has been noted that in the learned embedding spaces, similar words tend to be close to each other and dissimilar words far apart.

For an input array of shape (d1, ..., dK), the shape of an output array is (d1, ..., dK, output_dim). All the input values should be integers in the range [0, input_dim).

If the input_dim is ip0 and output_dim is op0, then shape of the embedding weight matrix must be (ip0, op0).

By default, if any index mentioned is too large, it is replaced by the index that addresses the last vector in an embedding matrix.

Examples:

input_dim = 4
output_dim = 5

// Each row in weight matrix y represents a word. So, y = (w0,w1,w2,w3)
y = [[  0.,   1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
     [  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.,   9.],
     [ 10.,  11.,  12.,  13.,  14.],
     [ 15.,  16.,  17.,  18.,  19.]]

// Input array x represents n-grams(2-gram). So, x = [(w1,w3), (w0,w2)]
x = [[ 1.,  3.],
     [ 0.,  2.]]

// Mapped input x to its vector representation y.
Embedding(x, y, 4, 5) = [[[  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.,   9.],
                          [ 15.,  16.,  17.,  18.,  19.]],

                         [[  0.,   1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
                          [ 10.,  11.,  12.,  13.,  14.]]]

The storage type of weight can be either row_sparse or default.

Note

If “sparse_grad” is set to True, the storage type of gradient w.r.t weights will be “row_sparse”. Only a subset of optimizers support sparse gradients, including SGD, AdaGrad and Adam. Note that by default lazy updates is turned on, which may perform differently from standard updates. For more details, please check the Optimization API at: /api/python/optimization/optimization.html

Defined in src/operator/tensor/indexing_op.cc:L519

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array to the embedding operator.
  • weight (Symbol) – The embedding weight matrix.
  • input_dim (int, required) – Vocabulary size of the input indices.
  • output_dim (int, required) – Dimension of the embedding vectors.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'int64', 'int8', 'uint8'},optional, default='float32') – Data type of weight.
  • sparse_grad (boolean, optional, default=0) – Compute row sparse gradient in the backward calculation. If set to True, the grad’s storage type is row_sparse.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

Assume we want to map the 26 English alphabet letters to 16-dimensional vectorial representations.

>>> vocabulary_size = 26
>>> embed_dim = 16
>>> seq_len, batch_size = (10, 64)
>>> input = Variable('letters')
>>> op = Embedding(data=input, input_dim=vocabulary_size, output_dim=embed_dim,
...name='embed')
>>> SymbolDoc.get_output_shape(op, letters=(seq_len, batch_size))
{'embed_output': (10L, 64L, 16L)}
>>> vocab_size, embed_dim = (26, 16)
>>> batch_size = 12
>>> word_vecs = test_utils.random_arrays((vocab_size, embed_dim))
>>> op = Embedding(name='embed', input_dim=vocab_size, output_dim=embed_dim)
>>> x = np.random.choice(vocab_size, batch_size)
>>> y = test_utils.simple_forward(op, embed_data=x, embed_weight=word_vecs)
>>> y_np = word_vecs[x]
>>> test_utils.almost_equal(y, y_np)
True
mxnet.symbol.Flatten(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Flattens the input array into a 2-D array by collapsing the higher dimensions.

Note

Flatten is deprecated. Use flatten instead.

For an input array with shape (d1, d2, ..., dk), flatten operation reshapes the input array into an output array of shape (d1, d2*...*dk).

Note that the bahavior of this function is different from numpy.ndarray.flatten, which behaves similar to mxnet.ndarray.reshape((-1,)).

Example:

x = [[
    [1,2,3],
    [4,5,6],
    [7,8,9]
],
[    [1,2,3],
    [4,5,6],
    [7,8,9]
]],

flatten(x) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.,  4.,  5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.],
   [ 1.,  2.,  3.,  4.,  5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L259

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

Flatten is usually applied before FullyConnected, to reshape the 4D tensor produced by convolutional layers to 2D matrix:

>>> data = Variable('data')  # say this is 4D from some conv/pool
>>> flatten = Flatten(data=data, name='flat')  # now this is 2D
>>> SymbolDoc.get_output_shape(flatten, data=(2, 3, 4, 5))
{'flat_output': (2L, 60L)}
>>> test_dims = [(2, 3, 4, 5), (2, 3), (2,)]
>>> op = Flatten(name='flat')
>>> for dims in test_dims:
... x = test_utils.random_arrays(dims)
... y = test_utils.simple_forward(op, flat_data=x)
... y_np = x.reshape((dims[0], np.prod(dims[1:]).astype('int32')))
... print('%s: %s' % (dims, test_utils.almost_equal(y, y_np)))
(2, 3, 4, 5): True
(2, 3): True
(2,): True
mxnet.symbol.FullyConnected(data=None, weight=None, bias=None, num_hidden=_Null, no_bias=_Null, flatten=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies a linear transformation: \(Y = XW^T + b\).

If flatten is set to be true, then the shapes are:

  • data: (batch_size, x1, x2, ..., xn)
  • weight: (num_hidden, x1 * x2 * ... * xn)
  • bias: (num_hidden,)
  • out: (batch_size, num_hidden)

If flatten is set to be false, then the shapes are:

  • data: (x1, x2, ..., xn, input_dim)
  • weight: (num_hidden, input_dim)
  • bias: (num_hidden,)
  • out: (x1, x2, ..., xn, num_hidden)

The learnable parameters include both weight and bias.

If no_bias is set to be true, then the bias term is ignored.

Note

The sparse support for FullyConnected is limited to forward evaluation with row_sparse weight and bias, where the length of weight.indices and bias.indices must be equal to num_hidden. This could be useful for model inference with row_sparse weights trained with importance sampling or noise contrastive estimation.

To compute linear transformation with ‘csr’ sparse data, sparse.dot is recommended instead of sparse.FullyConnected.

Defined in src/operator/nn/fully_connected.cc:L271

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data.
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight matrix.
  • bias (Symbol) – Bias parameter.
  • num_hidden (int, required) – Number of hidden nodes of the output.
  • no_bias (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to disable bias parameter.
  • flatten (boolean, optional, default=1) – Whether to collapse all but the first axis of the input data tensor.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

Examples

Construct a fully connected operator with target dimension 512.

>>> data = Variable('data')  # or some constructed NN
>>> op = FullyConnected(data=data,
... num_hidden=512,
... name='FC1')
>>> op

>>> SymbolDoc.get_output_shape(op, data=(128, 100))
{'FC1_output': (128L, 512L)}

A simple 3-layer MLP with ReLU activation:

>>> net = Variable('data')
>>> for i, dim in enumerate([128, 64]):
... net = FullyConnected(data=net, num_hidden=dim, name='FC%d' % i)
... net = Activation(data=net, act_type='relu', name='ReLU%d' % i)
>>> # 10-class predictor (e.g. MNIST)
>>> net = FullyConnected(data=net, num_hidden=10, name='pred')
>>> net

>>> dim_in, dim_out = (3, 4)
>>> x, w, b = test_utils.random_arrays((10, dim_in), (dim_out, dim_in), (dim_out,))
>>> op = FullyConnected(num_hidden=dim_out, name='FC')
>>> out = test_utils.simple_forward(op, FC_data=x, FC_weight=w, FC_bias=b)
>>> # numpy implementation of FullyConnected
>>> out_np = np.dot(x, w.T) + b
>>> test_utils.almost_equal(out, out_np)
True
mxnet.symbol.GridGenerator(data=None, transform_type=_Null, target_shape=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Generates 2D sampling grid for bilinear sampling.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the function.
  • transform_type ({'affine', 'warp'}, required) – The type of transformation. For affine, input data should be an affine matrix of size (batch, 6). For warp, input data should be an optical flow of size (batch, 2, h, w).
  • target_shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[0,0]) – Specifies the output shape (H, W). This is required if transformation type is affine. If transformation type is warp, this parameter is ignored.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.IdentityAttachKLSparseReg(data=None, sparseness_target=_Null, penalty=_Null, momentum=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Apply a sparse regularization to the output a sigmoid activation function.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data.
  • sparseness_target (float, optional, default=0.1) – The sparseness target
  • penalty (float, optional, default=0.001) – The tradeoff parameter for the sparseness penalty
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0.9) – The momentum for running average
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.InstanceNorm(data=None, gamma=None, beta=None, eps=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies instance normalization to the n-dimensional input array.

This operator takes an n-dimensional input array where (n>2) and normalizes the input using the following formula:

\[out = \frac{x - mean[data]}{ \sqrt{Var[data]} + \epsilon} * gamma + beta\]

This layer is similar to batch normalization layer (BatchNorm) with two differences: first, the normalization is carried out per example (instance), not over a batch. Second, the same normalization is applied both at test and train time. This operation is also known as contrast normalization.

If the input data is of shape [batch, channel, spacial_dim1, spacial_dim2, ...], gamma and beta parameters must be vectors of shape [channel].

This implementation is based on paper:

[1]Instance Normalization: The Missing Ingredient for Fast Stylization, D. Ulyanov, A. Vedaldi, V. Lempitsky, 2016 (arXiv:1607.08022v2).

Examples:

// Input of shape (2,1,2)
x = [[[ 1.1,  2.2]],
     [[ 3.3,  4.4]]]

// gamma parameter of length 1
gamma = [1.5]

// beta parameter of length 1
beta = [0.5]

// Instance normalization is calculated with the above formula
InstanceNorm(x,gamma,beta) = [[[-0.997527  ,  1.99752665]],
                              [[-0.99752653,  1.99752724]]]

Defined in src/operator/instance_norm.cc:L95

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – An n-dimensional input array (n > 2) of the form [batch, channel, spatial_dim1, spatial_dim2, ...].
  • gamma (Symbol) – A vector of length ‘channel’, which multiplies the normalized input.
  • beta (Symbol) – A vector of length ‘channel’, which is added to the product of the normalized input and the weight.
  • eps (float, optional, default=0.001) – An epsilon parameter to prevent division by 0.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.L2Normalization(data=None, eps=_Null, mode=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Normalize the input array using the L2 norm.

For 1-D NDArray, it computes:

out = data / sqrt(sum(data ** 2) + eps)

For N-D NDArray, if the input array has shape (N, N, ..., N),

with mode = instance, it normalizes each instance in the multidimensional array by its L2 norm.:

for i in 0...N
  out[i,:,:,...,:] = data[i,:,:,...,:] / sqrt(sum(data[i,:,:,...,:] ** 2) + eps)

with mode = channel, it normalizes each channel in the array by its L2 norm.:

for i in 0...N
  out[:,i,:,...,:] = data[:,i,:,...,:] / sqrt(sum(data[:,i,:,...,:] ** 2) + eps)

with mode = spatial, it normalizes the cross channel norm for each position in the array by its L2 norm.:

for dim in 2...N
  for i in 0...N
    out[.....,i,...] = take(out, indices=i, axis=dim) / sqrt(sum(take(out, indices=i, axis=dim) ** 2) + eps)
        -dim-

Example:

x = [[[1,2],
      [3,4]],
     [[2,2],
      [5,6]]]

L2Normalization(x, mode='instance')
=[[[ 0.18257418  0.36514837]
   [ 0.54772252  0.73029673]]
  [[ 0.24077171  0.24077171]
   [ 0.60192931  0.72231513]]]

L2Normalization(x, mode='channel')
=[[[ 0.31622776  0.44721359]
   [ 0.94868326  0.89442718]]
  [[ 0.37139067  0.31622776]
   [ 0.92847669  0.94868326]]]

L2Normalization(x, mode='spatial')
=[[[ 0.44721359  0.89442718]
   [ 0.60000002  0.80000001]]
  [[ 0.70710677  0.70710677]
   [ 0.6401844   0.76822126]]]

Defined in src/operator/l2_normalization.cc:L196

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array to normalize.
  • eps (float, optional, default=1e-10) – A small constant for numerical stability.
  • mode ({'channel', 'instance', 'spatial'},optional, default='instance') – Specify the dimension along which to compute L2 norm.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.LRN(data=None, alpha=_Null, beta=_Null, knorm=_Null, nsize=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies local response normalization to the input.

The local response normalization layer performs “lateral inhibition” by normalizing over local input regions.

If \(a_{x,y}^{i}\) is the activity of a neuron computed by applying kernel \(i\) at position \((x, y)\) and then applying the ReLU nonlinearity, the response-normalized activity \(b_{x,y}^{i}\) is given by the expression:

\[b_{x,y}^{i} = \frac{a_{x,y}^{i}}{\Bigg({k + \frac{\alpha}{n} \sum_{j=max(0, i-\frac{n}{2})}^{min(N-1, i+\frac{n}{2})} (a_{x,y}^{j})^{2}}\Bigg)^{\beta}}\]

where the sum runs over \(n\) “adjacent” kernel maps at the same spatial position, and \(N\) is the total number of kernels in the layer.

Defined in src/operator/nn/lrn.cc:L164

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to LRN
  • alpha (float, optional, default=0.0001) – The variance scaling parameter \(lpha\) in the LRN expression.
  • beta (float, optional, default=0.75) – The power parameter \(eta\) in the LRN expression.
  • knorm (float, optional, default=2) – The parameter \(k\) in the LRN expression.
  • nsize (int (non-negative), required) – normalization window width in elements.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.LayerNorm(data=None, gamma=None, beta=None, axis=_Null, eps=_Null, output_mean_var=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Layer normalization.

Normalizes the channels of the input tensor by mean and variance, and applies a scale gamma as well as offset beta.

Assume the input has more than one dimension and we normalize along axis 1. We first compute the mean and variance along this axis and then compute the normalized output, which has the same shape as input, as following:

\[out = \frac{data - mean(data, axis)}{\sqrt{var(data, axis) + \epsilon}} * gamma + beta\]

Both gamma and beta are learnable parameters.

Unlike BatchNorm and InstanceNorm, the mean and var are computed along the channel dimension.

Assume the input has size k on axis 1, then both gamma and beta have shape (k,). If output_mean_var is set to be true, then outputs both data_mean and data_std. Note that no gradient will be passed through these two outputs.

The parameter axis specifies which axis of the input shape denotes the ‘channel’ (separately normalized groups). The default is -1, which sets the channel axis to be the last item in the input shape.

Defined in src/operator/nn/layer_norm.cc:L94

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to layer normalization
  • gamma (Symbol) – gamma array
  • beta (Symbol) – beta array
  • axis (int, optional, default='-1') – The axis to perform layer normalization. Usually, this should be be axis of the channel dimension. Negative values means indexing from right to left.
  • eps (float, optional, default=1e-05) – An epsilon parameter to prevent division by 0.
  • output_mean_var (boolean, optional, default=0) – Output the mean and std calculated along the given axis.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.LeakyReLU(data=None, gamma=None, act_type=_Null, slope=_Null, lower_bound=_Null, upper_bound=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies Leaky rectified linear unit activation element-wise to the input.

Leaky ReLUs attempt to fix the “dying ReLU” problem by allowing a small slope when the input is negative and has a slope of one when input is positive.

The following modified ReLU Activation functions are supported:

  • elu: Exponential Linear Unit. y = x > 0 ? x : slope * (exp(x)-1)
  • selu: Scaled Exponential Linear Unit. y = lambda * (x > 0 ? x : alpha * (exp(x) - 1)) where lambda = 1.0507009873554804934193349852946 and alpha = 1.6732632423543772848170429916717.
  • leaky: Leaky ReLU. y = x > 0 ? x : slope * x
  • prelu: Parametric ReLU. This is same as leaky except that slope is learnt during training.
  • rrelu: Randomized ReLU. same as leaky but the slope is uniformly and randomly chosen from [lower_bound, upper_bound) for training, while fixed to be (lower_bound+upper_bound)/2 for inference.

Defined in src/operator/leaky_relu.cc:L65

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to activation function.
  • gamma (Symbol) – Slope parameter for PReLU. Only required when act_type is ‘prelu’. It should be either a vector of size 1, or the same size as the second dimension of data.
  • act_type ({'elu', 'leaky', 'prelu', 'rrelu', 'selu'},optional, default='leaky') – Activation function to be applied.
  • slope (float, optional, default=0.25) – Init slope for the activation. (For leaky and elu only)
  • lower_bound (float, optional, default=0.125) – Lower bound of random slope. (For rrelu only)
  • upper_bound (float, optional, default=0.334) – Upper bound of random slope. (For rrelu only)
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.LinearRegressionOutput(data=None, label=None, grad_scale=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes and optimizes for squared loss during backward propagation. Just outputs data during forward propagation.

If \(\hat{y}_i\) is the predicted value of the i-th sample, and \(y_i\) is the corresponding target value, then the squared loss estimated over \(n\) samples is defined as

\(\text{SquaredLoss}(\textbf{Y}, \hat{\textbf{Y}} ) = \frac{1}{n} \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \lVert \textbf{y}_i - \hat{\textbf{y}}_i \rVert_2\)

Note

Use the LinearRegressionOutput as the final output layer of a net.

The storage type of label can be default or csr

  • LinearRegressionOutput(default, default) = default
  • LinearRegressionOutput(default, csr) = default

By default, gradients of this loss function are scaled by factor 1/m, where m is the number of regression outputs of a training example. The parameter grad_scale can be used to change this scale to grad_scale/m.

Defined in src/operator/regression_output.cc:L92

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the function.
  • label (Symbol) – Input label to the function.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Scale the gradient by a float factor
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.LogisticRegressionOutput(data=None, label=None, grad_scale=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies a logistic function to the input.

The logistic function, also known as the sigmoid function, is computed as \(\frac{1}{1+exp(-\textbf{x})}\).

Commonly, the sigmoid is used to squash the real-valued output of a linear model \(wTx+b\) into the [0,1] range so that it can be interpreted as a probability. It is suitable for binary classification or probability prediction tasks.

Note

Use the LogisticRegressionOutput as the final output layer of a net.

The storage type of label can be default or csr

  • LogisticRegressionOutput(default, default) = default
  • LogisticRegressionOutput(default, csr) = default

The loss function used is the Binary Cross Entropy Loss:

\(-{(y\log(p) + (1 - y)\log(1 - p))}\)

Where y is the ground truth probability of positive outcome for a given example, and p the probability predicted by the model. By default, gradients of this loss function are scaled by factor 1/m, where m is the number of regression outputs of a training example. The parameter grad_scale can be used to change this scale to grad_scale/m.

Defined in src/operator/regression_output.cc:L152

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the function.
  • label (Symbol) – Input label to the function.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Scale the gradient by a float factor
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.MAERegressionOutput(data=None, label=None, grad_scale=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes mean absolute error of the input.

MAE is a risk metric corresponding to the expected value of the absolute error.

If \(\hat{y}_i\) is the predicted value of the i-th sample, and \(y_i\) is the corresponding target value, then the mean absolute error (MAE) estimated over \(n\) samples is defined as

\(\text{MAE}(\textbf{Y}, \hat{\textbf{Y}} ) = \frac{1}{n} \sum_{i=0}^{n-1} \lVert \textbf{y}_i - \hat{\textbf{y}}_i \rVert_1\)

Note

Use the MAERegressionOutput as the final output layer of a net.

The storage type of label can be default or csr

  • MAERegressionOutput(default, default) = default
  • MAERegressionOutput(default, csr) = default

By default, gradients of this loss function are scaled by factor 1/m, where m is the number of regression outputs of a training example. The parameter grad_scale can be used to change this scale to grad_scale/m.

Defined in src/operator/regression_output.cc:L120

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the function.
  • label (Symbol) – Input label to the function.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Scale the gradient by a float factor
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.MakeLoss(data=None, grad_scale=_Null, valid_thresh=_Null, normalization=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Make your own loss function in network construction.

This operator accepts a customized loss function symbol as a terminal loss and the symbol should be an operator with no backward dependency. The output of this function is the gradient of loss with respect to the input data.

For example, if you are a making a cross entropy loss function. Assume out is the predicted output and label is the true label, then the cross entropy can be defined as:

cross_entropy = label * log(out) + (1 - label) * log(1 - out)
loss = MakeLoss(cross_entropy)

We will need to use MakeLoss when we are creating our own loss function or we want to combine multiple loss functions. Also we may want to stop some variables’ gradients from backpropagation. See more detail in BlockGrad or stop_gradient.

In addition, we can give a scale to the loss by setting grad_scale, so that the gradient of the loss will be rescaled in the backpropagation.

Note

This operator should be used as a Symbol instead of NDArray.

Defined in src/operator/make_loss.cc:L71

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Gradient scale as a supplement to unary and binary operators
  • valid_thresh (float, optional, default=0) – clip each element in the array to 0 when it is less than valid_thresh. This is used when normalization is set to 'valid'.
  • normalization ({'batch', 'null', 'valid'},optional, default='null') – If this is set to null, the output gradient will not be normalized. If this is set to batch, the output gradient will be divided by the batch size. If this is set to valid, the output gradient will be divided by the number of valid input elements.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Pad(data=None, mode=_Null, pad_width=_Null, constant_value=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Pads an input array with a constant or edge values of the array.

Note

Pad is deprecated. Use pad instead.

Note

Current implementation only supports 4D and 5D input arrays with padding applied only on axes 1, 2 and 3. Expects axes 4 and 5 in pad_width to be zero.

This operation pads an input array with either a constant_value or edge values along each axis of the input array. The amount of padding is specified by pad_width.

pad_width is a tuple of integer padding widths for each axis of the format (before_1, after_1, ... , before_N, after_N). The pad_width should be of length 2*N where N is the number of dimensions of the array.

For dimension N of the input array, before_N and after_N indicates how many values to add before and after the elements of the array along dimension N. The widths of the higher two dimensions before_1, after_1, before_2, after_2 must be 0.

Example:

x = [[[[  1.   2.   3.]
       [  4.   5.   6.]]

      [[  7.   8.   9.]
       [ 10.  11.  12.]]]


     [[[ 11.  12.  13.]
       [ 14.  15.  16.]]

      [[ 17.  18.  19.]
       [ 20.  21.  22.]]]]

pad(x,mode="edge", pad_width=(0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1)) =

      [[[[  1.   1.   2.   3.   3.]
         [  1.   1.   2.   3.   3.]
         [  4.   4.   5.   6.   6.]
         [  4.   4.   5.   6.   6.]]

        [[  7.   7.   8.   9.   9.]
         [  7.   7.   8.   9.   9.]
         [ 10.  10.  11.  12.  12.]
         [ 10.  10.  11.  12.  12.]]]


       [[[ 11.  11.  12.  13.  13.]
         [ 11.  11.  12.  13.  13.]
         [ 14.  14.  15.  16.  16.]
         [ 14.  14.  15.  16.  16.]]

        [[ 17.  17.  18.  19.  19.]
         [ 17.  17.  18.  19.  19.]
         [ 20.  20.  21.  22.  22.]
         [ 20.  20.  21.  22.  22.]]]]

pad(x, mode="constant", constant_value=0, pad_width=(0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1)) =

      [[[[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.   1.   2.   3.   0.]
         [  0.   4.   5.   6.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]

        [[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.   7.   8.   9.   0.]
         [  0.  10.  11.  12.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]]


       [[[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.  11.  12.  13.   0.]
         [  0.  14.  15.  16.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]

        [[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.  17.  18.  19.   0.]
         [  0.  20.  21.  22.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]]]

Defined in src/operator/pad.cc:L766

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – An n-dimensional input array.
  • mode ({'constant', 'edge', 'reflect'}, required) – Padding type to use. “constant” pads with constant_value “edge” pads using the edge values of the input array “reflect” pads by reflecting values with respect to the edges.
  • pad_width (Shape(tuple), required) – Widths of the padding regions applied to the edges of each axis. It is a tuple of integer padding widths for each axis of the format (before_1, after_1, ... , before_N, after_N). It should be of length 2*N where N is the number of dimensions of the array.This is equivalent to pad_width in numpy.pad, but flattened.
  • constant_value (double, optional, default=0) – The value used for padding when mode is “constant”.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Pooling(data=None, kernel=_Null, pool_type=_Null, global_pool=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, pooling_convention=_Null, stride=_Null, pad=_Null, p_value=_Null, count_include_pad=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs pooling on the input.

The shapes for 1-D pooling are

  • data: (batch_size, channel, width),
  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_width).

The shapes for 2-D pooling are

  • data: (batch_size, channel, height, width)

  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_height, out_width), with:

    out_height = f(height, kernel[0], pad[0], stride[0])
    out_width = f(width, kernel[1], pad[1], stride[1])
    

The definition of f depends on pooling_convention, which has two options:

  • valid (default):

    f(x, k, p, s) = floor((x+2*p-k)/s)+1
    
  • full, which is compatible with Caffe:

    f(x, k, p, s) = ceil((x+2*p-k)/s)+1
    

But global_pool is set to be true, then do a global pooling, namely reset kernel=(height, width).

Three pooling options are supported by pool_type:

  • avg: average pooling
  • max: max pooling
  • sum: sum pooling
  • lp: Lp pooling

For 3-D pooling, an additional depth dimension is added before height. Namely the input data will have shape (batch_size, channel, depth, height, width).

Notes on Lp pooling:

Lp pooling was first introduced by this paper: https://arxiv.org/pdf/1204.3968.pdf. L-1 pooling is simply sum pooling, while L-inf pooling is simply max pooling. We can see that Lp pooling stands between those two, in practice the most common value for p is 2.

For each window X, the mathematical expression for Lp pooling is:

\(f(X) = \sqrt[p]{\sum_{x}^{X} x^p}\)

Defined in src/operator/nn/pooling.cc:L379

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the pooling operator.
  • kernel (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Pooling kernel size: (y, x) or (d, y, x)
  • pool_type ({'avg', 'lp', 'max', 'sum'},optional, default='max') – Pooling type to be applied.
  • global_pool (boolean, optional, default=0) – Ignore kernel size, do global pooling based on current input feature map.
  • cudnn_off (boolean, optional, default=0) – Turn off cudnn pooling and use MXNet pooling operator.
  • pooling_convention ({'full', 'same', 'valid'},optional, default='valid') – Pooling convention to be applied.
  • stride (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Stride: for pooling (y, x) or (d, y, x). Defaults to 1 for each dimension.
  • pad (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Pad for pooling: (y, x) or (d, y, x). Defaults to no padding.
  • p_value (int or None, optional, default='None') – Value of p for Lp pooling, can be 1 or 2, required for Lp Pooling.
  • count_include_pad (boolean or None, optional, default=None) – Only used for AvgPool, specify whether to count padding elements for averagecalculation. For example, with a 5*5 kernel on a 3*3 corner of a image,the sum of the 9 valid elements will be divided by 25 if this is set to true,or it will be divided by 9 if this is set to false. Defaults to true.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Pooling_v1(data=None, kernel=_Null, pool_type=_Null, global_pool=_Null, pooling_convention=_Null, stride=_Null, pad=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

This operator is DEPRECATED. Perform pooling on the input.

The shapes for 2-D pooling is

  • data: (batch_size, channel, height, width)

  • out: (batch_size, num_filter, out_height, out_width), with:

    out_height = f(height, kernel[0], pad[0], stride[0])
    out_width = f(width, kernel[1], pad[1], stride[1])
    

The definition of f depends on pooling_convention, which has two options:

  • valid (default):

    f(x, k, p, s) = floor((x+2*p-k)/s)+1
    
  • full, which is compatible with Caffe:

    f(x, k, p, s) = ceil((x+2*p-k)/s)+1
    

But global_pool is set to be true, then do a global pooling, namely reset kernel=(height, width).

Three pooling options are supported by pool_type:

  • avg: average pooling
  • max: max pooling
  • sum: sum pooling

1-D pooling is special case of 2-D pooling with weight=1 and kernel[1]=1.

For 3-D pooling, an additional depth dimension is added before height. Namely the input data will have shape (batch_size, channel, depth, height, width).

Defined in src/operator/pooling_v1.cc:L104

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the pooling operator.
  • kernel (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – pooling kernel size: (y, x) or (d, y, x)
  • pool_type ({'avg', 'max', 'sum'},optional, default='max') – Pooling type to be applied.
  • global_pool (boolean, optional, default=0) – Ignore kernel size, do global pooling based on current input feature map.
  • pooling_convention ({'full', 'valid'},optional, default='valid') – Pooling convention to be applied.
  • stride (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – stride: for pooling (y, x) or (d, y, x)
  • pad (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – pad for pooling: (y, x) or (d, y, x)
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.RNN(data=None, parameters=None, state=None, state_cell=None, state_size=_Null, num_layers=_Null, bidirectional=_Null, mode=_Null, p=_Null, state_outputs=_Null, projection_size=_Null, lstm_state_clip_min=_Null, lstm_state_clip_max=_Null, lstm_state_clip_nan=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies recurrent layers to input data. Currently, vanilla RNN, LSTM and GRU are implemented, with both multi-layer and bidirectional support.

When the input data is of type float32 and the environment variables MXNET_CUDA_ALLOW_TENSOR_CORE and MXNET_CUDA_TENSOR_OP_MATH_ALLOW_CONVERSION are set to 1, this operator will try to use pseudo-float16 precision (float32 math with float16 I/O) precision in order to use Tensor Cores on suitable NVIDIA GPUs. This can sometimes give significant speedups.

Vanilla RNN

Applies a single-gate recurrent layer to input X. Two kinds of activation function are supported: ReLU and Tanh.

With ReLU activation function:

\[h_t = relu(W_{ih} * x_t + b_{ih} + W_{hh} * h_{(t-1)} + b_{hh})\]

With Tanh activtion function:

\[h_t = \tanh(W_{ih} * x_t + b_{ih} + W_{hh} * h_{(t-1)} + b_{hh})\]

Reference paper: Finding structure in time - Elman, 1988. https://crl.ucsd.edu/~elman/Papers/fsit.pdf

LSTM

Long Short-Term Memory - Hochreiter, 1997. http://www.bioinf.jku.at/publications/older/2604.pdf

\[\begin{split}\begin{array}{ll} i_t = \mathrm{sigmoid}(W_{ii} x_t + b_{ii} + W_{hi} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hi}) \\ f_t = \mathrm{sigmoid}(W_{if} x_t + b_{if} + W_{hf} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hf}) \\ g_t = \tanh(W_{ig} x_t + b_{ig} + W_{hc} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hg}) \\ o_t = \mathrm{sigmoid}(W_{io} x_t + b_{io} + W_{ho} h_{(t-1)} + b_{ho}) \\ c_t = f_t * c_{(t-1)} + i_t * g_t \\ h_t = o_t * \tanh(c_t) \end{array}\end{split}\]

GRU

Gated Recurrent Unit - Cho et al. 2014. http://arxiv.org/abs/1406.1078

The definition of GRU here is slightly different from paper but compatible with CUDNN.

\[\begin{split}\begin{array}{ll} r_t = \mathrm{sigmoid}(W_{ir} x_t + b_{ir} + W_{hr} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hr}) \\ z_t = \mathrm{sigmoid}(W_{iz} x_t + b_{iz} + W_{hz} h_{(t-1)} + b_{hz}) \\ n_t = \tanh(W_{in} x_t + b_{in} + r_t * (W_{hn} h_{(t-1)}+ b_{hn})) \\ h_t = (1 - z_t) * n_t + z_t * h_{(t-1)} \\ \end{array}\end{split}\]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to RNN
  • parameters (Symbol) – Vector of all RNN trainable parameters concatenated
  • state (Symbol) – initial hidden state of the RNN
  • state_cell (Symbol) – initial cell state for LSTM networks (only for LSTM)
  • state_size (int (non-negative), required) – size of the state for each layer
  • num_layers (int (non-negative), required) – number of stacked layers
  • bidirectional (boolean, optional, default=0) – whether to use bidirectional recurrent layers
  • mode ({'gru', 'lstm', 'rnn_relu', 'rnn_tanh'}, required) – the type of RNN to compute
  • p (float, optional, default=0) – drop rate of the dropout on the outputs of each RNN layer, except the last layer.
  • state_outputs (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to have the states as symbol outputs.
  • projection_size (int or None, optional, default='None') – size of project size
  • lstm_state_clip_min (double or None, optional, default=None) – Minimum clip value of LSTM states. This option must be used together with lstm_state_clip_max.
  • lstm_state_clip_max (double or None, optional, default=None) – Maximum clip value of LSTM states. This option must be used together with lstm_state_clip_min.
  • lstm_state_clip_nan (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to stop NaN from propagating in state by clipping it to min/max. If clipping range is not specified, this option is ignored.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ROIPooling(data=None, rois=None, pooled_size=_Null, spatial_scale=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs region of interest(ROI) pooling on the input array.

ROI pooling is a variant of a max pooling layer, in which the output size is fixed and region of interest is a parameter. Its purpose is to perform max pooling on the inputs of non-uniform sizes to obtain fixed-size feature maps. ROI pooling is a neural-net layer mostly used in training a Fast R-CNN network for object detection.

This operator takes a 4D feature map as an input array and region proposals as rois, then it pools over sub-regions of input and produces a fixed-sized output array regardless of the ROI size.

To crop the feature map accordingly, you can resize the bounding box coordinates by changing the parameters rois and spatial_scale.

The cropped feature maps are pooled by standard max pooling operation to a fixed size output indicated by a pooled_size parameter. batch_size will change to the number of region bounding boxes after ROIPooling.

The size of each region of interest doesn’t have to be perfectly divisible by the number of pooling sections(pooled_size).

Example:

x = [[[[  0.,   1.,   2.,   3.,   4.,   5.],
       [  6.,   7.,   8.,   9.,  10.,  11.],
       [ 12.,  13.,  14.,  15.,  16.,  17.],
       [ 18.,  19.,  20.,  21.,  22.,  23.],
       [ 24.,  25.,  26.,  27.,  28.,  29.],
       [ 30.,  31.,  32.,  33.,  34.,  35.],
       [ 36.,  37.,  38.,  39.,  40.,  41.],
       [ 42.,  43.,  44.,  45.,  46.,  47.]]]]

// region of interest i.e. bounding box coordinates.
y = [[0,0,0,4,4]]

// returns array of shape (2,2) according to the given roi with max pooling.
ROIPooling(x, y, (2,2), 1.0) = [[[[ 14.,  16.],
                                  [ 26.,  28.]]]]

// region of interest is changed due to the change in `spacial_scale` parameter.
ROIPooling(x, y, (2,2), 0.7) = [[[[  7.,   9.],
                                  [ 19.,  21.]]]]

Defined in src/operator/roi_pooling.cc:L295

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array to the pooling operator, a 4D Feature maps
  • rois (Symbol) – Bounding box coordinates, a 2D array of [[batch_index, x1, y1, x2, y2]], where (x1, y1) and (x2, y2) are top left and bottom right corners of designated region of interest. batch_index indicates the index of corresponding image in the input array
  • pooled_size (Shape(tuple), required) – ROI pooling output shape (h,w)
  • spatial_scale (float, required) – Ratio of input feature map height (or w) to raw image height (or w). Equals the reciprocal of total stride in convolutional layers
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Reshape(data=None, shape=_Null, reverse=_Null, target_shape=_Null, keep_highest=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reshapes the input array.

Note

Reshape is deprecated, use reshape

Given an array and a shape, this function returns a copy of the array in the new shape. The shape is a tuple of integers such as (2,3,4). The size of the new shape should be same as the size of the input array.

Example:

reshape([1,2,3,4], shape=(2,2)) = [[1,2], [3,4]]

Some dimensions of the shape can take special values from the set {0, -1, -2, -3, -4}. The significance of each is explained below:

  • 0 copy this dimension from the input to the output shape.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (4,0,2), output shape = (4,3,2)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,0,0), output shape = (2,3,4)
    
  • -1 infers the dimension of the output shape by using the remainder of the input dimensions keeping the size of the new array same as that of the input array. At most one dimension of shape can be -1.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (6,1,-1), output shape = (6,1,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (3,-1,8), output shape = (3,1,8)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape=(-1,), output shape = (24,)
    
  • -2 copy all/remainder of the input dimensions to the output shape.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-2,), output shape = (2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,-2), output shape = (2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-2,1,1), output shape = (2,3,4,1,1)
    
  • -3 use the product of two consecutive dimensions of the input shape as the output dimension.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-3,4), output shape = (6,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4,5), shape = (-3,-3), output shape = (6,20)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (0,-3), output shape = (2,12)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-3,-2), output shape = (6,4)
    
  • -4 split one dimension of the input into two dimensions passed subsequent to -4 in shape (can contain -1).

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-4,1,2,-2), output shape =(1,2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,-4,-1,3,-2), output shape = (2,1,3,4)
    

If the argument reverse is set to 1, then the special values are inferred from right to left.

Example:

- without reverse=1, for input shape = (10,5,4), shape = (-1,0), output shape would be (40,5)
- with reverse=1, output shape will be (50,4).

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L169

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to reshape.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The target shape
  • reverse (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then the special values are inferred from right to left
  • target_shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – (Deprecated! Use shape instead.) Target new shape. One and only one dim can be 0, in which case it will be inferred from the rest of dims
  • keep_highest (boolean, optional, default=0) – (Deprecated! Use shape instead.) Whether keep the highest dim unchanged.If set to true, then the first dim in target_shape is ignored,and always fixed as input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SVMOutput(data=None, label=None, margin=_Null, regularization_coefficient=_Null, use_linear=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes support vector machine based transformation of the input.

This tutorial demonstrates using SVM as output layer for classification instead of softmax: https://github.com/dmlc/mxnet/tree/master/example/svm_mnist.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data for SVM transformation.
  • label (Symbol) – Class label for the input data.
  • margin (float, optional, default=1) – The loss function penalizes outputs that lie outside this margin. Default margin is 1.
  • regularization_coefficient (float, optional, default=1) – Regularization parameter for the SVM. This balances the tradeoff between coefficient size and error.
  • use_linear (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to use L1-SVM objective. L2-SVM objective is used by default.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SequenceLast(data=None, sequence_length=None, use_sequence_length=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Takes the last element of a sequence.

This function takes an n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other_feature_dims] and returns a (n-1)-dimensional array of the form [batch_size, other_feature_dims].

Parameter sequence_length is used to handle variable-length sequences. sequence_length should be an input array of positive ints of dimension [batch_size]. To use this parameter, set use_sequence_length to True, otherwise each example in the batch is assumed to have the max sequence length.

Note

Alternatively, you can also use take operator.

Example:

x = [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
      [  4.,   5.,   6.],
      [  7.,   8.,   9.]],

     [[ 10.,   11.,   12.],
      [ 13.,   14.,   15.],
      [ 16.,   17.,   18.]],

     [[  19.,   20.,   21.],
      [  22.,   23.,   24.],
      [  25.,   26.,   27.]]]

// returns last sequence when sequence_length parameter is not used
SequenceLast(x) = [[  19.,   20.,   21.],
                   [  22.,   23.,   24.],
                   [  25.,   26.,   27.]]

// sequence_length is used
SequenceLast(x, sequence_length=[1,1,1], use_sequence_length=True) =
         [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
          [  4.,   5.,   6.],
          [  7.,   8.,   9.]]

// sequence_length is used
SequenceLast(x, sequence_length=[1,2,3], use_sequence_length=True) =
         [[  1.,    2.,   3.],
          [  13.,  14.,  15.],
          [  25.,  26.,  27.]]

Defined in src/operator/sequence_last.cc:L92

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other_feature_dims] where n>2
  • sequence_length (Symbol) – vector of sequence lengths of the form [batch_size]
  • use_sequence_length (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, this layer takes in an extra input parameter sequence_length to specify variable length sequence
  • axis (int, optional, default='0') – The sequence axis. Only values of 0 and 1 are currently supported.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SequenceMask(data=None, sequence_length=None, use_sequence_length=_Null, value=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Sets all elements outside the sequence to a constant value.

This function takes an n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other_feature_dims] and returns an array of the same shape.

Parameter sequence_length is used to handle variable-length sequences. sequence_length should be an input array of positive ints of dimension [batch_size]. To use this parameter, set use_sequence_length to True, otherwise each example in the batch is assumed to have the max sequence length and this operator works as the identity operator.

Example:

x = [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
      [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

     [[  7.,   8.,   9.],
      [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

     [[ 13.,  14.,   15.],
      [ 16.,  17.,   18.]]]

// Batch 1
B1 = [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
      [  7.,   8.,   9.],
      [ 13.,  14.,  15.]]

// Batch 2
B2 = [[  4.,   5.,   6.],
      [ 10.,  11.,  12.],
      [ 16.,  17.,  18.]]

// works as identity operator when sequence_length parameter is not used
SequenceMask(x) = [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
                    [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

                   [[  7.,   8.,   9.],
                    [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

                   [[ 13.,  14.,   15.],
                    [ 16.,  17.,   18.]]]

// sequence_length [1,1] means 1 of each batch will be kept
// and other rows are masked with default mask value = 0
SequenceMask(x, sequence_length=[1,1], use_sequence_length=True) =
             [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
               [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

              [[  0.,   0.,   0.],
               [  0.,   0.,   0.]],

              [[  0.,   0.,   0.],
               [  0.,   0.,   0.]]]

// sequence_length [2,3] means 2 of batch B1 and 3 of batch B2 will be kept
// and other rows are masked with value = 1
SequenceMask(x, sequence_length=[2,3], use_sequence_length=True, value=1) =
             [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
               [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

              [[  7.,   8.,   9.],
               [  10.,  11.,  12.]],

              [[   1.,   1.,   1.],
               [  16.,  17.,  18.]]]

Defined in src/operator/sequence_mask.cc:L114

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other_feature_dims] where n>2
  • sequence_length (Symbol) – vector of sequence lengths of the form [batch_size]
  • use_sequence_length (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, this layer takes in an extra input parameter sequence_length to specify variable length sequence
  • value (float, optional, default=0) – The value to be used as a mask.
  • axis (int, optional, default='0') – The sequence axis. Only values of 0 and 1 are currently supported.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SequenceReverse(data=None, sequence_length=None, use_sequence_length=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reverses the elements of each sequence.

This function takes an n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other_feature_dims] and returns an array of the same shape.

Parameter sequence_length is used to handle variable-length sequences. sequence_length should be an input array of positive ints of dimension [batch_size]. To use this parameter, set use_sequence_length to True, otherwise each example in the batch is assumed to have the max sequence length.

Example:

x = [[[  1.,   2.,   3.],
      [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

     [[  7.,   8.,   9.],
      [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

     [[ 13.,  14.,   15.],
      [ 16.,  17.,   18.]]]

// Batch 1
B1 = [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
      [  7.,   8.,   9.],
      [ 13.,  14.,  15.]]

// Batch 2
B2 = [[  4.,   5.,   6.],
      [ 10.,  11.,  12.],
      [ 16.,  17.,  18.]]

// returns reverse sequence when sequence_length parameter is not used
SequenceReverse(x) = [[[ 13.,  14.,   15.],
                       [ 16.,  17.,   18.]],

                      [[  7.,   8.,   9.],
                       [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

                      [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
                       [  4.,   5.,   6.]]]

// sequence_length [2,2] means 2 rows of
// both batch B1 and B2 will be reversed.
SequenceReverse(x, sequence_length=[2,2], use_sequence_length=True) =
                  [[[  7.,   8.,   9.],
                    [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

                   [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
                    [  4.,   5.,   6.]],

                   [[ 13.,  14.,   15.],
                    [ 16.,  17.,   18.]]]

// sequence_length [2,3] means 2 of batch B2 and 3 of batch B3
// will be reversed.
SequenceReverse(x, sequence_length=[2,3], use_sequence_length=True) =
                 [[[  7.,   8.,   9.],
                   [ 16.,  17.,  18.]],

                  [[  1.,   2.,   3.],
                   [ 10.,  11.,  12.]],

                  [[ 13.,  14,   15.],
                   [  4.,   5.,   6.]]]

Defined in src/operator/sequence_reverse.cc:L113

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – n-dimensional input array of the form [max_sequence_length, batch_size, other dims] where n>2
  • sequence_length (Symbol) – vector of sequence lengths of the form [batch_size]
  • use_sequence_length (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, this layer takes in an extra input parameter sequence_length to specify variable length sequence
  • axis (int, optional, default='0') – The sequence axis. Only 0 is currently supported.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SliceChannel(data=None, num_outputs=_Null, axis=_Null, squeeze_axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Splits an array along a particular axis into multiple sub-arrays.

Note

SliceChannel is deprecated. Use split instead.

Note that num_outputs should evenly divide the length of the axis along which to split the array.

Example:

x  = [[[ 1.]
       [ 2.]]
      [[ 3.]
       [ 4.]]
      [[ 5.]
       [ 6.]]]
x.shape = (3, 2, 1)

y = split(x, axis=1, num_outputs=2) // a list of 2 arrays with shape (3, 1, 1)
y = [[[ 1.]]
     [[ 3.]]
     [[ 5.]]]

    [[[ 2.]]
     [[ 4.]]
     [[ 6.]]]

y[0].shape = (3, 1, 1)

z = split(x, axis=0, num_outputs=3) // a list of 3 arrays with shape (1, 2, 1)
z = [[[ 1.]
      [ 2.]]]

    [[[ 3.]
      [ 4.]]]

    [[[ 5.]
      [ 6.]]]

z[0].shape = (1, 2, 1)

squeeze_axis=1 removes the axis with length 1 from the shapes of the output arrays. Note that setting squeeze_axis to 1 removes axis with length 1 only along the axis which it is split. Also squeeze_axis can be set to true only if input.shape[axis] == num_outputs.

Example:

z = split(x, axis=0, num_outputs=3, squeeze_axis=1) // a list of 3 arrays with shape (2, 1)
z = [[ 1.]
     [ 2.]]

    [[ 3.]
     [ 4.]]

    [[ 5.]
     [ 6.]]
z[0].shape = (2 ,1 )

Defined in src/operator/slice_channel.cc:L107

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • num_outputs (int, required) – Number of splits. Note that this should evenly divide the length of the axis.
  • axis (int, optional, default='1') – Axis along which to split.
  • squeeze_axis (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true, Removes the axis with length 1 from the shapes of the output arrays. Note that setting squeeze_axis to true removes axis with length 1 only along the axis which it is split. Also squeeze_axis can be set to true only if input.shape[axis] == num_outputs.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Softmax(data=None, grad_scale=_Null, ignore_label=_Null, multi_output=_Null, use_ignore=_Null, preserve_shape=_Null, normalization=_Null, out_grad=_Null, smooth_alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Please use SoftmaxOutput.

Note

This operator has been renamed to SoftmaxOutput, which computes the gradient of cross-entropy loss w.r.t softmax output. To just compute softmax output, use the softmax operator.

Defined in src/operator/softmax_output.cc:L138

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Scales the gradient by a float factor.
  • ignore_label (float, optional, default=-1) – The instances whose labels == ignore_label will be ignored during backward, if use_ignore is set to true).
  • multi_output (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the softmax function will be computed along axis 1. This is applied when the shape of input array differs from the shape of label array.
  • use_ignore (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the ignore_label value will not contribute to the backward gradient.
  • preserve_shape (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the softmax function will be computed along the last axis (-1).
  • normalization ({'batch', 'null', 'valid'},optional, default='null') – Normalizes the gradient.
  • out_grad (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiplies gradient with output gradient element-wise.
  • smooth_alpha (float, optional, default=0) – Constant for computing a label smoothed version of cross-entropyfor the backwards pass. This constant gets subtracted from theone-hot encoding of the gold label and distributed uniformly toall other labels.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SoftmaxActivation(data=None, mode=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies softmax activation to input. This is intended for internal layers.

Note

This operator has been deprecated, please use softmax.

If mode = instance, this operator will compute a softmax for each instance in the batch. This is the default mode.

If mode = channel, this operator will compute a k-class softmax at each position of each instance, where k = num_channel. This mode can only be used when the input array has at least 3 dimensions. This can be used for fully convolutional network, image segmentation, etc.

Example:

>>> input_array = mx.nd.array([[3., 0.5, -0.5, 2., 7.],
>>>                            [2., -.4, 7.,   3., 0.2]])
>>> softmax_act = mx.nd.SoftmaxActivation(input_array)
>>> print softmax_act.asnumpy()
[[  1.78322066e-02   1.46375655e-03   5.38485940e-04   6.56010211e-03   9.73605454e-01]
 [  6.56221947e-03   5.95310994e-04   9.73919690e-01   1.78379621e-02   1.08472735e-03]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/softmax_activation.cc:L59

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • mode ({'channel', 'instance'},optional, default='instance') – Specifies how to compute the softmax. If set to instance, it computes softmax for each instance. If set to channel, It computes cross channel softmax for each position of each instance.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SoftmaxOutput(data=None, label=None, grad_scale=_Null, ignore_label=_Null, multi_output=_Null, use_ignore=_Null, preserve_shape=_Null, normalization=_Null, out_grad=_Null, smooth_alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the gradient of cross entropy loss with respect to softmax output.

  • This operator computes the gradient in two steps. The cross entropy loss does not actually need to be computed.

    • Applies softmax function on the input array.
    • Computes and returns the gradient of cross entropy loss w.r.t. the softmax output.
  • The softmax function, cross entropy loss and gradient is given by:

    • Softmax Function:

      \[\text{softmax}(x)_i = \frac{exp(x_i)}{\sum_j exp(x_j)}\]
    • Cross Entropy Function:

      \[\text{CE(label, output)} = - \sum_i \text{label}_i \log(\text{output}_i)\]
    • The gradient of cross entropy loss w.r.t softmax output:

      \[\text{gradient} = \text{output} - \text{label}\]
  • During forward propagation, the softmax function is computed for each instance in the input array.

    For general N-D input arrays with shape \((d_1, d_2, ..., d_n)\). The size is \(s=d_1 \cdot d_2 \cdot \cdot \cdot d_n\). We can use the parameters preserve_shape and multi_output to specify the way to compute softmax:

    • By default, preserve_shape is false. This operator will reshape the input array into a 2-D array with shape \((d_1, \frac{s}{d_1})\) and then compute the softmax function for each row in the reshaped array, and afterwards reshape it back to the original shape \((d_1, d_2, ..., d_n)\).
    • If preserve_shape is true, the softmax function will be computed along the last axis (axis = -1).
    • If multi_output is true, the softmax function will be computed along the second axis (axis = 1).
  • During backward propagation, the gradient of cross-entropy loss w.r.t softmax output array is computed. The provided label can be a one-hot label array or a probability label array.

    • If the parameter use_ignore is true, ignore_label can specify input instances with a particular label to be ignored during backward propagation. This has no effect when softmax `output` has same shape as `label`.

      Example:

      data = [[1,2,3,4],[2,2,2,2],[3,3,3,3],[4,4,4,4]]
      label = [1,0,2,3]
      ignore_label = 1
      SoftmaxOutput(data=data, label = label,\
                    multi_output=true, use_ignore=true,\
                    ignore_label=ignore_label)
      ## forward softmax output
      [[ 0.0320586   0.08714432  0.23688284  0.64391428]
       [ 0.25        0.25        0.25        0.25      ]
       [ 0.25        0.25        0.25        0.25      ]
       [ 0.25        0.25        0.25        0.25      ]]
      ## backward gradient output
      [[ 0.    0.    0.    0.  ]
       [-0.75  0.25  0.25  0.25]
       [ 0.25  0.25 -0.75  0.25]
       [ 0.25  0.25  0.25 -0.75]]
      ## notice that the first row is all 0 because label[0] is 1, which is equal to ignore_label.
      
    • The parameter grad_scale can be used to rescale the gradient, which is often used to give each loss function different weights.

    • This operator also supports various ways to normalize the gradient by normalization, The normalization is applied if softmax output has different shape than the labels. The normalization mode can be set to the followings:

      • 'null': do nothing.
      • 'batch': divide the gradient by the batch size.
      • 'valid': divide the gradient by the number of instances which are not ignored.

Defined in src/operator/softmax_output.cc:L123

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • label (Symbol) – Ground truth label.
  • grad_scale (float, optional, default=1) – Scales the gradient by a float factor.
  • ignore_label (float, optional, default=-1) – The instances whose labels == ignore_label will be ignored during backward, if use_ignore is set to true).
  • multi_output (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the softmax function will be computed along axis 1. This is applied when the shape of input array differs from the shape of label array.
  • use_ignore (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the ignore_label value will not contribute to the backward gradient.
  • preserve_shape (boolean, optional, default=0) – If set to true, the softmax function will be computed along the last axis (-1).
  • normalization ({'batch', 'null', 'valid'},optional, default='null') – Normalizes the gradient.
  • out_grad (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiplies gradient with output gradient element-wise.
  • smooth_alpha (float, optional, default=0) – Constant for computing a label smoothed version of cross-entropyfor the backwards pass. This constant gets subtracted from theone-hot encoding of the gold label and distributed uniformly toall other labels.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SpatialTransformer(data=None, loc=None, target_shape=_Null, transform_type=_Null, sampler_type=_Null, cudnn_off=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies a spatial transformer to input feature map.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to the SpatialTransformerOp.
  • loc (Symbol) – localisation net, the output dim should be 6 when transform_type is affine. You shold initialize the weight and bias with identity tranform.
  • target_shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[0,0]) – output shape(h, w) of spatial transformer: (y, x)
  • transform_type ({'affine'}, required) – transformation type
  • sampler_type ({'bilinear'}, required) – sampling type
  • cudnn_off (boolean or None, optional, default=None) – whether to turn cudnn off
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.SwapAxis(data=None, dim1=_Null, dim2=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Interchanges two axes of an array.

Examples:

 x = [[1, 2, 3]])
 swapaxes(x, 0, 1) = [[ 1],
                      [ 2],
                      [ 3]]

 x = [[[ 0, 1],
       [ 2, 3]],
      [[ 4, 5],
       [ 6, 7]]]  // (2,2,2) array

swapaxes(x, 0, 2) = [[[ 0, 4],
                      [ 2, 6]],
                     [[ 1, 5],
                      [ 3, 7]]]

Defined in src/operator/swapaxis.cc:L70

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • dim1 (int (non-negative), optional, default=0) – the first axis to be swapped.
  • dim2 (int (non-negative), optional, default=0) – the second axis to be swapped.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.UpSampling(*data, **kwargs)

Performs nearest neighbor/bilinear up sampling to inputs. This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – Array of tensors to upsample
  • scale (int, required) – Up sampling scale
  • num_filter (int, optional, default='0') – Input filter. Only used by bilinear sample_type.
  • sample_type ({'bilinear', 'nearest'}, required) – upsampling method
  • multi_input_mode ({'concat', 'sum'},optional, default='concat') – How to handle multiple input. concat means concatenate upsampled images along the channel dimension. sum means add all images together, only available for nearest neighbor upsampling.
  • workspace (long (non-negative), optional, default=512) – Tmp workspace for deconvolution (MB)
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.abs(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise absolute value of the input.

Example:

abs([-2, 0, 3]) = [2, 0, 3]

The storage type of abs output depends upon the input storage type:

  • abs(default) = default
  • abs(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • abs(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L662

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.adam_update(weight=None, grad=None, mean=None, var=None, lr=_Null, beta1=_Null, beta2=_Null, epsilon=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, lazy_update=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for Adam optimizer. Adam is seen as a generalization of AdaGrad.

Adam update consists of the following steps, where g represents gradient and m, v are 1st and 2nd order moment estimates (mean and variance).

\[\begin{split}g_t = \nabla J(W_{t-1})\\ m_t = \beta_1 m_{t-1} + (1 - \beta_1) g_t\\ v_t = \beta_2 v_{t-1} + (1 - \beta_2) g_t^2\\ W_t = W_{t-1} - \alpha \frac{ m_t }{ \sqrt{ v_t } + \epsilon }\end{split}\]

It updates the weights using:

m = beta1*m + (1-beta1)*grad
v = beta2*v + (1-beta2)*(grad**2)
w += - learning_rate * m / (sqrt(v) + epsilon)

However, if grad’s storage type is row_sparse, lazy_update is True and the storage type of weight is the same as those of m and v, only the row slices whose indices appear in grad.indices are updated (for w, m and v):

for row in grad.indices:
    m[row] = beta1*m[row] + (1-beta1)*grad[row]
    v[row] = beta2*v[row] + (1-beta2)*(grad[row]**2)
    w[row] += - learning_rate * m[row] / (sqrt(v[row]) + epsilon)

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L495

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • mean (Symbol) – Moving mean
  • var (Symbol) – Moving variance
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • beta1 (float, optional, default=0.9) – The decay rate for the 1st moment estimates.
  • beta2 (float, optional, default=0.999) – The decay rate for the 2nd moment estimates.
  • epsilon (float, optional, default=1e-08) – A small constant for numerical stability.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • lazy_update (boolean, optional, default=1) – If true, lazy updates are applied if gradient’s stype is row_sparse and all of w, m and v have the same stype
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.add_n(*args, **kwargs)

Adds all input arguments element-wise.

\[add\_n(a_1, a_2, ..., a_n) = a_1 + a_2 + ... + a_n\]

add_n is potentially more efficient than calling add by n times.

The storage type of add_n output depends on storage types of inputs

  • add_n(row_sparse, row_sparse, ..) = row_sparse
  • add_n(default, csr, default) = default
  • add_n(any input combinations longer than 4 (>4) with at least one default type) = default
  • otherwise, add_n falls all inputs back to default storage and generates default storage

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_sum.cc:L156 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • args (Symbol[]) – Positional input arguments
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arccos(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise inverse cosine of the input array.

The input should be in range [-1, 1]. The output is in the closed interval \([0, \pi]\)

\[arccos([-1, -.707, 0, .707, 1]) = [\pi, 3\pi/4, \pi/2, \pi/4, 0]\]

The storage type of arccos output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L123

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arccosh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic cosine of the input array, computed element-wise.

The storage type of arccosh output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L264

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arcsin(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise inverse sine of the input array.

The input should be in the range [-1, 1]. The output is in the closed interval of [\(-\pi/2\), \(\pi/2\)].

\[arcsin([-1, -.707, 0, .707, 1]) = [-\pi/2, -\pi/4, 0, \pi/4, \pi/2]\]

The storage type of arcsin output depends upon the input storage type:

  • arcsin(default) = default
  • arcsin(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • arcsin(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L104

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arcsinh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic sine of the input array, computed element-wise.

The storage type of arcsinh output depends upon the input storage type:

  • arcsinh(default) = default
  • arcsinh(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • arcsinh(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L250

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arctan(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise inverse tangent of the input array.

The output is in the closed interval \([-\pi/2, \pi/2]\)

\[arctan([-1, 0, 1]) = [-\pi/4, 0, \pi/4]\]

The storage type of arctan output depends upon the input storage type:

  • arctan(default) = default
  • arctan(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • arctan(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L144

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arctanh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the element-wise inverse hyperbolic tangent of the input array, computed element-wise.

The storage type of arctanh output depends upon the input storage type:

  • arctanh(default) = default
  • arctanh(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • arctanh(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L281

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.argmax(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns indices of the maximum values along an axis.

In the case of multiple occurrences of maximum values, the indices corresponding to the first occurrence are returned.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.,  5.]]

// argmax along axis 0
argmax(x, axis=0) = [ 1.,  1.,  1.]

// argmax along axis 1
argmax(x, axis=1) = [ 2.,  2.]

// argmax along axis 1 keeping same dims as an input array
argmax(x, axis=1, keepdims=True) = [[ 2.],
                                    [ 2.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_index.cc:L52

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='None') – The axis along which to perform the reduction. Negative values means indexing from right to left. Requires axis to be set as int, because global reduction is not supported yet.
  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axis is left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.argmax_channel(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns argmax indices of each channel from the input array.

The result will be an NDArray of shape (num_channel,).

In case of multiple occurrences of the maximum values, the indices corresponding to the first occurrence are returned.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.,  5.]]

argmax_channel(x) = [ 2.,  2.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_index.cc:L97

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.argmin(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns indices of the minimum values along an axis.

In the case of multiple occurrences of minimum values, the indices corresponding to the first occurrence are returned.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.,  5.]]

// argmin along axis 0
argmin(x, axis=0) = [ 0.,  0.,  0.]

// argmin along axis 1
argmin(x, axis=1) = [ 0.,  0.]

// argmin along axis 1 keeping same dims as an input array
argmin(x, axis=1, keepdims=True) = [[ 0.],
                                    [ 0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_index.cc:L77

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='None') – The axis along which to perform the reduction. Negative values means indexing from right to left. Requires axis to be set as int, because global reduction is not supported yet.
  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axis is left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.argsort(data=None, axis=_Null, is_ascend=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the indices that would sort an input array along the given axis.

This function performs sorting along the given axis and returns an array of indices having same shape as an input array that index data in sorted order.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.3,  0.2,  0.4],
     [ 0.1,  0.3,  0.2]]

// sort along axis -1
argsort(x) = [[ 1.,  0.,  2.],
              [ 0.,  2.,  1.]]

// sort along axis 0
argsort(x, axis=0) = [[ 1.,  0.,  1.]
                      [ 0.,  1.,  0.]]

// flatten and then sort
argsort(x) = [ 3.,  1.,  5.,  0.,  4.,  2.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/ordering_op.cc:L177

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='-1') – Axis along which to sort the input tensor. If not given, the flattened array is used. Default is -1.
  • is_ascend (boolean, optional, default=1) – Whether to sort in ascending or descending order.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'uint8'},optional, default='float32') – DType of the output indices. It is only valid when ret_typ is “indices” or “both”. An error will be raised if the selected data type cannot precisely represent the indices.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.batch_dot(lhs=None, rhs=None, transpose_a=_Null, transpose_b=_Null, forward_stype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Batchwise dot product.

batch_dot is used to compute dot product of x and y when x and y are data in batch, namely 3D arrays in shape of (batch_size, :, :).

For example, given x with shape (batch_size, n, m) and y with shape (batch_size, m, k), the result array will have shape (batch_size, n, k), which is computed by:

batch_dot(x,y)[i,:,:] = dot(x[i,:,:], y[i,:,:])

Defined in src/operator/tensor/dot.cc:L125

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – The first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – The second input
  • transpose_a (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then transpose the first input before dot.
  • transpose_b (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then transpose the second input before dot.
  • forward_stype ({None, 'csr', 'default', 'row_sparse'},optional, default='None') – The desired storage type of the forward output given by user, if thecombination of input storage types and this hint does not matchany implemented ones, the dot operator will perform fallback operationand still produce an output of the desired storage type.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.batch_take(a=None, indices=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Takes elements from a data batch.

Note

batch_take is deprecated. Use pick instead.

Given an input array of shape (d0, d1) and indices of shape (i0,), the result will be an output array of shape (i0,) with:

output[i] = input[i, indices[i]]

Examples:

x = [[ 1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.],
     [ 5.,  6.]]

// takes elements with specified indices
batch_take(x, [0,1,0]) = [ 1.  4.  5.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/indexing_op.cc:L750

Parameters:
  • a (Symbol) – The input array
  • indices (Symbol) – The index array
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_add(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise sum of the input arrays with broadcasting.

broadcast_plus is an alias to the function broadcast_add.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_add(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                       [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

broadcast_plus(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                        [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_add(csr, dense(1D)) = dense broadcast_add(dense(1D), csr) = dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L58

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_axes(data=None, axis=_Null, size=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Broadcasts the input array over particular axes.

Broadcasting is allowed on axes with size 1, such as from (2,1,3,1) to (2,8,3,9). Elements will be duplicated on the broadcasted axes.

Example:

// given x of shape (1,2,1)
x = [[[ 1.],
      [ 2.]]]

// broadcast x on on axis 2
broadcast_axis(x, axis=2, size=3) = [[[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                      [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]]
// broadcast x on on axes 0 and 2
broadcast_axis(x, axis=(0,2), size=(2,3)) = [[[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                              [ 2.,  2.,  2.]],
                                             [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                              [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L238

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The axes to perform the broadcasting.
  • size (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Target sizes of the broadcasting axes.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_axis(data=None, axis=_Null, size=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Broadcasts the input array over particular axes.

Broadcasting is allowed on axes with size 1, such as from (2,1,3,1) to (2,8,3,9). Elements will be duplicated on the broadcasted axes.

Example:

// given x of shape (1,2,1)
x = [[[ 1.],
      [ 2.]]]

// broadcast x on on axis 2
broadcast_axis(x, axis=2, size=3) = [[[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                      [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]]
// broadcast x on on axes 0 and 2
broadcast_axis(x, axis=(0,2), size=(2,3)) = [[[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                              [ 2.,  2.,  2.]],
                                             [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                              [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L238

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The axes to perform the broadcasting.
  • size (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Target sizes of the broadcasting axes.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_div(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise division of the input arrays with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 6.,  6.,  6.],
     [ 6.,  6.,  6.]]

y = [[ 2.],
     [ 3.]]

broadcast_div(x, y) = [[ 3.,  3.,  3.],
                       [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_div(csr, dense(1D)) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L187

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_equal(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise equal to (==) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_equal(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                         [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L46

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_greater(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise greater than (>) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_greater(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                           [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L82

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_greater_equal(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise greater than or equal to (>=) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_greater_equal(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                                 [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L100

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_hypot(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the hypotenuse of a right angled triangle, given its “legs” with broadcasting.

It is equivalent to doing \(sqrt(x_1^2 + x_2^2)\).

Example:

x = [[ 3.,  3.,  3.]]

y = [[ 4.],
     [ 4.]]

broadcast_hypot(x, y) = [[ 5.,  5.,  5.],
                         [ 5.,  5.,  5.]]

z = [[ 0.],
     [ 4.]]

broadcast_hypot(x, z) = [[ 3.,  3.,  3.],
                         [ 5.,  5.,  5.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_extended.cc:L156

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_lesser(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise lesser than (<) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_lesser(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                          [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L118

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_lesser_equal(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise lesser than or equal to (<=) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_lesser_equal(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                                [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L136

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_like(lhs=None, rhs=None, lhs_axes=_Null, rhs_axes=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Broadcasts lhs to have the same shape as rhs.

Broadcasting is a mechanism that allows NDArrays to perform arithmetic operations with arrays of different shapes efficiently without creating multiple copies of arrays. Also see, Broadcasting for more explanation.

Broadcasting is allowed on axes with size 1, such as from (2,1,3,1) to (2,8,3,9). Elements will be duplicated on the broadcasted axes.

For example:

broadcast_like([[1,2,3]], [[5,6,7],[7,8,9]]) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.],
                                                [ 1.,  2.,  3.]])

broadcast_like([9], [1,2,3,4,5], lhs_axes=(0,), rhs_axes=(-1,)) = [9,9,9,9,9]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L315

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input.
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input.
  • lhs_axes (Shape or None, optional, default=None) – Axes to perform broadcast on in the first input array
  • rhs_axes (Shape or None, optional, default=None) – Axes to copy from the second input array
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_logical_and(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise logical and with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_logical_and(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                               [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L154

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_logical_or(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise logical or with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  0.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  0.]]

y = [[ 1.],
     [ 0.]]

broadcast_logical_or(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                              [ 1.,  1.,  0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L172

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_logical_xor(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise logical xor with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  0.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  0.]]

y = [[ 1.],
     [ 0.]]

broadcast_logical_xor(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  1.],
                               [ 1.,  1.,  0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L190

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_maximum(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise maximum of the input arrays with broadcasting.

This function compares two input arrays and returns a new array having the element-wise maxima.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_maximum(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                           [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_extended.cc:L80

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_minimum(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise minimum of the input arrays with broadcasting.

This function compares two input arrays and returns a new array having the element-wise minima.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_maximum(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                           [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_extended.cc:L115

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_minus(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise difference of the input arrays with broadcasting.

broadcast_minus is an alias to the function broadcast_sub.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_sub(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                       [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

broadcast_minus(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                         [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_sub/minus(csr, dense(1D)) = dense broadcast_sub/minus(dense(1D), csr) = dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L106

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_mod(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise modulo of the input arrays with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 8.,  8.,  8.],
     [ 8.,  8.,  8.]]

y = [[ 2.],
     [ 3.]]

broadcast_mod(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                       [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L222

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_mul(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise product of the input arrays with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_mul(x, y) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                       [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_mul(csr, dense(1D)) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L146

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_not_equal(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of element-wise not equal to (!=) comparison operation with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_not_equal(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                             [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_logic.cc:L64

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_plus(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise sum of the input arrays with broadcasting.

broadcast_plus is an alias to the function broadcast_add.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_add(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                       [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

broadcast_plus(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                        [ 2.,  2.,  2.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_add(csr, dense(1D)) = dense broadcast_add(dense(1D), csr) = dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L58

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_power(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns result of first array elements raised to powers from second array, element-wise with broadcasting.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_power(x, y) = [[ 2.,  2.,  2.],
                         [ 4.,  4.,  4.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_extended.cc:L45

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_sub(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise difference of the input arrays with broadcasting.

broadcast_minus is an alias to the function broadcast_sub.

Example:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

y = [[ 0.],
     [ 1.]]

broadcast_sub(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                       [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

broadcast_minus(x, y) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                         [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

Supported sparse operations:

broadcast_sub/minus(csr, dense(1D)) = dense broadcast_sub/minus(dense(1D), csr) = dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_broadcast_op_basic.cc:L106

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input to the function
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input to the function
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.broadcast_to(data=None, shape=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Broadcasts the input array to a new shape.

Broadcasting is a mechanism that allows NDArrays to perform arithmetic operations with arrays of different shapes efficiently without creating multiple copies of arrays. Also see, Broadcasting for more explanation.

Broadcasting is allowed on axes with size 1, such as from (2,1,3,1) to (2,8,3,9). Elements will be duplicated on the broadcasted axes.

For example:

broadcast_to([[1,2,3]], shape=(2,3)) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.],
                                        [ 1.,  2.,  3.]])

The dimension which you do not want to change can also be kept as 0 which means copy the original value. So with shape=(2,0), we will obtain the same result as in the above example.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L262

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The shape of the desired array. We can set the dim to zero if it’s same as the original. E.g A = broadcast_to(B, shape=(10, 0, 0)) has the same meaning as A = broadcast_axis(B, axis=0, size=10).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.cast(data=None, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Casts all elements of the input to a new type.

Note

Cast is deprecated. Use cast instead.

Example:

cast([0.9, 1.3], dtype='int32') = [0, 1]
cast([1e20, 11.1], dtype='float16') = [inf, 11.09375]
cast([300, 11.1, 10.9, -1, -3], dtype='uint8') = [44, 11, 10, 255, 253]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L596

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'int64', 'int8', 'uint8'}, required) – Output data type.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.cast_storage(data=None, stype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Casts tensor storage type to the new type.

When an NDArray with default storage type is cast to csr or row_sparse storage, the result is compact, which means:

  • for csr, zero values will not be retained
  • for row_sparse, row slices of all zeros will not be retained

The storage type of cast_storage output depends on stype parameter:

  • cast_storage(csr, ‘default’) = default
  • cast_storage(row_sparse, ‘default’) = default
  • cast_storage(default, ‘csr’) = csr
  • cast_storage(default, ‘row_sparse’) = row_sparse
  • cast_storage(csr, ‘csr’) = csr
  • cast_storage(row_sparse, ‘row_sparse’) = row_sparse

Example:

dense = [[ 0.,  1.,  0.],
         [ 2.,  0.,  3.],
         [ 0.,  0.,  0.],
         [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

# cast to row_sparse storage type
rsp = cast_storage(dense, 'row_sparse')
rsp.indices = [0, 1]
rsp.values = [[ 0.,  1.,  0.],
              [ 2.,  0.,  3.]]

# cast to csr storage type
csr = cast_storage(dense, 'csr')
csr.indices = [1, 0, 2]
csr.values = [ 1.,  2.,  3.]
csr.indptr = [0, 1, 3, 3, 3]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/cast_storage.cc:L71

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input.
  • stype ({'csr', 'default', 'row_sparse'}, required) – Output storage type.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.cbrt(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise cube-root value of the input.

\[cbrt(x) = \sqrt[3]{x}\]

Example:

cbrt([1, 8, -125]) = [1, 2, -5]

The storage type of cbrt output depends upon the input storage type:

  • cbrt(default) = default
  • cbrt(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • cbrt(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L883

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ceil(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise ceiling of the input.

The ceil of the scalar x is the smallest integer i, such that i >= x.

Example:

ceil([-2.1, -1.9, 1.5, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-2., -1.,  2.,  2.,  3.]

The storage type of ceil output depends upon the input storage type:

  • ceil(default) = default
  • ceil(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • ceil(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L740

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.choose_element_0index(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Choose one element from each line(row for python, column for R/Julia) in lhs according to index indicated by rhs. This function assume rhs uses 0-based index.

Parameters:
  • lhs (NDArray) – Left operand to the function.
  • rhs (NDArray) – Right operand to the function.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.clip(data=None, a_min=_Null, a_max=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Clips (limits) the values in an array.

Given an interval, values outside the interval are clipped to the interval edges. Clipping x between a_min and a_x would be:

clip(x, a_min, a_max) = max(min(x, a_max), a_min))

Example:

x = [0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9]

clip(x,1,8) = [ 1.,  1.,  2.,  3.,  4.,  5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  8.]

The storage type of clip output depends on storage types of inputs and the a_min, a_max parameter values:

  • clip(default) = default
  • clip(row_sparse, a_min <= 0, a_max >= 0) = row_sparse
  • clip(csr, a_min <= 0, a_max >= 0) = csr
  • clip(row_sparse, a_min < 0, a_max < 0) = default
  • clip(row_sparse, a_min > 0, a_max > 0) = default
  • clip(csr, a_min < 0, a_max < 0) = csr
  • clip(csr, a_min > 0, a_max > 0) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L619

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • a_min (float, required) – Minimum value
  • a_max (float, required) – Maximum value
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.concat(*data, **kwargs)

Joins input arrays along a given axis.

Note

Concat is deprecated. Use concat instead.

The dimensions of the input arrays should be the same except the axis along which they will be concatenated. The dimension of the output array along the concatenated axis will be equal to the sum of the corresponding dimensions of the input arrays.

The storage type of concat output depends on storage types of inputs

  • concat(csr, csr, ..., csr, dim=0) = csr
  • otherwise, concat generates output with default storage

Example:

x = [[1,1],[2,2]]
y = [[3,3],[4,4],[5,5]]
z = [[6,6], [7,7],[8,8]]

concat(x,y,z,dim=0) = [[ 1.,  1.],
                       [ 2.,  2.],
                       [ 3.,  3.],
                       [ 4.,  4.],
                       [ 5.,  5.],
                       [ 6.,  6.],
                       [ 7.,  7.],
                       [ 8.,  8.]]

Note that you cannot concat x,y,z along dimension 1 since dimension
0 is not the same for all the input arrays.

concat(y,z,dim=1) = [[ 3.,  3.,  6.,  6.],
                      [ 4.,  4.,  7.,  7.],
                      [ 5.,  5.,  8.,  8.]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/concat.cc:L368 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – List of arrays to concatenate
  • dim (int, optional, default='1') – the dimension to be concated.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.cos(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the element-wise cosine of the input array.

The input should be in radians (\(2\pi\) rad equals 360 degrees).

\[cos([0, \pi/4, \pi/2]) = [1, 0.707, 0]\]

The storage type of cos output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L63

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.cosh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the hyperbolic cosine of the input array, computed element-wise.

\[cosh(x) = 0.5\times(exp(x) + exp(-x))\]

The storage type of cosh output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L216

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.crop(data=None, begin=_Null, end=_Null, step=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Slices a region of the array.

Note

crop is deprecated. Use slice instead.

This function returns a sliced array between the indices given by begin and end with the corresponding step.

For an input array of shape=(d_0, d_1, ..., d_n-1), slice operation with begin=(b_0, b_1...b_m-1), end=(e_0, e_1, ..., e_m-1), and step=(s_0, s_1, ..., s_m-1), where m <= n, results in an array with the shape (|e_0-b_0|/|s_0|, ..., |e_m-1-b_m-1|/|s_m-1|, d_m, ..., d_n-1).

The resulting array’s k-th dimension contains elements from the k-th dimension of the input array starting from index b_k (inclusive) with step s_k until reaching e_k (exclusive).

If the k-th elements are None in the sequence of begin, end, and step, the following rule will be used to set default values. If s_k is None, set s_k=1. If s_k > 0, set b_k=0, e_k=d_k; else, set b_k=d_k-1, e_k=-1.

The storage type of slice output depends on storage types of inputs

  • slice(csr) = csr
  • otherwise, slice generates output with default storage

Note

When input data storage type is csr, it only supports step=(), or step=(None,), or step=(1,) to generate a csr output. For other step parameter values, it falls back to slicing a dense tensor.

Example:

x = [[  1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
     [  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.],
     [  9.,  10.,  11.,  12.]]

slice(x, begin=(0,1), end=(2,4)) = [[ 2.,  3.,  4.],
                                   [ 6.,  7.,  8.]]
slice(x, begin=(None, 0), end=(None, 3), step=(-1, 2)) = [[9., 11.],
                                                          [5.,  7.],
                                                          [1.,  3.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L414

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • begin (Shape(tuple), required) – starting indices for the slice operation, supports negative indices.
  • end (Shape(tuple), required) – ending indices for the slice operation, supports negative indices.
  • step (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – step for the slice operation, supports negative values.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ctc_loss(data=None, label=None, data_lengths=None, label_lengths=None, use_data_lengths=_Null, use_label_lengths=_Null, blank_label=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Connectionist Temporal Classification Loss.

Note

The existing alias contrib_CTCLoss is deprecated.

The shapes of the inputs and outputs:

  • data: (sequence_length, batch_size, alphabet_size)
  • label: (batch_size, label_sequence_length)
  • out: (batch_size)

The data tensor consists of sequences of activation vectors (without applying softmax), with i-th channel in the last dimension corresponding to i-th label for i between 0 and alphabet_size-1 (i.e always 0-indexed). Alphabet size should include one additional value reserved for blank label. When blank_label is "first", the 0-th channel is be reserved for activation of blank label, or otherwise if it is “last”, (alphabet_size-1)-th channel should be reserved for blank label.

label is an index matrix of integers. When blank_label is "first", the value 0 is then reserved for blank label, and should not be passed in this matrix. Otherwise, when blank_label is "last", the value (alphabet_size-1) is reserved for blank label.

If a sequence of labels is shorter than label_sequence_length, use the special padding value at the end of the sequence to conform it to the correct length. The padding value is 0 when blank_label is "first", and -1 otherwise.

For example, suppose the vocabulary is [a, b, c], and in one batch we have three sequences ‘ba’, ‘cbb’, and ‘abac’. When blank_label is "first", we can index the labels as {‘a’: 1, ‘b’: 2, ‘c’: 3}, and we reserve the 0-th channel for blank label in data tensor. The resulting label tensor should be padded to be:

[[2, 1, 0, 0], [3, 2, 2, 0], [1, 2, 1, 3]]

When blank_label is "last", we can index the labels as {‘a’: 0, ‘b’: 1, ‘c’: 2}, and we reserve the channel index 3 for blank label in data tensor. The resulting label tensor should be padded to be:

[[1, 0, -1, -1], [2, 1, 1, -1], [0, 1, 0, 2]]

out is a list of CTC loss values, one per example in the batch.

See Connectionist Temporal Classification: Labelling Unsegmented Sequence Data with Recurrent Neural Networks, A. Graves et al. for more information on the definition and the algorithm.

Defined in src/operator/nn/ctc_loss.cc:L100

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input ndarray
  • label (Symbol) – Ground-truth labels for the loss.
  • data_lengths (Symbol) – Lengths of data for each of the samples. Only required when use_data_lengths is true.
  • label_lengths (Symbol) – Lengths of labels for each of the samples. Only required when use_label_lengths is true.
  • use_data_lengths (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether the data lenghts are decided by data_lengths. If false, the lengths are equal to the max sequence length.
  • use_label_lengths (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether the label lenghts are decided by label_lengths, or derived from padding_mask. If false, the lengths are derived from the first occurrence of the value of padding_mask. The value of padding_mask is 0 when first CTC label is reserved for blank, and -1 when last label is reserved for blank. See blank_label.
  • blank_label ({'first', 'last'},optional, default='first') – Set the label that is reserved for blank label.If “first”, 0-th label is reserved, and label values for tokens in the vocabulary are between 1 and alphabet_size-1, and the padding mask is -1. If “last”, last label value alphabet_size-1 is reserved for blank label instead, and label values for tokens in the vocabulary are between 0 and alphabet_size-2, and the padding mask is 0.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.degrees(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Converts each element of the input array from radians to degrees.

\[degrees([0, \pi/2, \pi, 3\pi/2, 2\pi]) = [0, 90, 180, 270, 360]\]

The storage type of degrees output depends upon the input storage type:

  • degrees(default) = default
  • degrees(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • degrees(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L163

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.depth_to_space(data=None, block_size=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Rearranges(permutes) data from depth into blocks of spatial data. Similar to ONNX DepthToSpace operator: https://github.com/onnx/onnx/blob/master/docs/Operators.md#DepthToSpace. The output is a new tensor where the values from depth dimension are moved in spatial blocks to height and width dimension. The reverse of this operation is space_to_depth.

\[\begin{split}\begin{gather*} x \prime = reshape(x, [N, block\_size, block\_size, C / (block\_size ^ 2), H * block\_size, W * block\_size]) \\ x \prime \prime = transpose(x \prime, [0, 3, 4, 1, 5, 2]) \\ y = reshape(x \prime \prime, [N, C / (block\_size ^ 2), H * block\_size, W * block\_size]) \end{gather*}\end{split}\]

where \(x\) is an input tensor with default layout as \([N, C, H, W]\): [batch, channels, height, width] and \(y\) is the output tensor of layout \([N, C / (block\_size ^ 2), H * block\_size, W * block\_size]\)

Example:

x = [[[[0, 1, 2],
       [3, 4, 5]],
      [[6, 7, 8],
       [9, 10, 11]],
      [[12, 13, 14],
       [15, 16, 17]],
      [[18, 19, 20],
       [21, 22, 23]]]]

depth_to_space(x, 2) = [[[[0, 6, 1, 7, 2, 8],
                          [12, 18, 13, 19, 14, 20],
                          [3, 9, 4, 10, 5, 11],
                          [15, 21, 16, 22, 17, 23]]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L946

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input ndarray
  • block_size (int, required) – Blocks of [block_size. block_size] are moved
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.diag(data=None, k=_Null, axis1=_Null, axis2=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Extracts a diagonal or constructs a diagonal array.

diag‘s behavior depends on the input array dimensions:

  • 1-D arrays: constructs a 2-D array with the input as its diagonal, all other elements are zero.

  • N-D arrays: extracts the diagonals of the sub-arrays with axes specified by axis1 and axis2. The output shape would be decided by removing the axes numbered axis1 and axis2 from the input shape and appending to the result a new axis with the size of the diagonals in question.

    For example, when the input shape is (2, 3, 4, 5), axis1 and axis2 are 0 and 2 respectively and k is 0, the resulting shape would be (3, 5, 2).

Examples:

x = [[1, 2, 3],
     [4, 5, 6]]

diag(x) = [1, 5]

diag(x, k=1) = [2, 6]

diag(x, k=-1) = [4]

x = [1, 2, 3]

diag(x) = [[1, 0, 0],
           [0, 2, 0],
           [0, 0, 3]]

diag(x, k=1) = [[0, 1, 0],
                [0, 0, 2],
                [0, 0, 0]]

diag(x, k=-1) = [[0, 0, 0],
                 [1, 0, 0],
                 [0, 2, 0]]

x = [[[1, 2],
      [3, 4]],

     [[5, 6],
      [7, 8]]]

diag(x) = [[1, 7],
           [2, 8]]

diag(x, k=1) = [[3],
                [4]]

diag(x, axis1=-2, axis2=-1) = [[1, 4],
                               [5, 8]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/diag_op.cc:L87

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input ndarray
  • k (int, optional, default='0') – Diagonal in question. The default is 0. Use k>0 for diagonals above the main diagonal, and k<0 for diagonals below the main diagonal. If input has shape (S0 S1) k must be between -S0 and S1
  • axis1 (int, optional, default='0') – The first axis of the sub-arrays of interest. Ignored when the input is a 1-D array.
  • axis2 (int, optional, default='1') – The second axis of the sub-arrays of interest. Ignored when the input is a 1-D array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.dot(lhs=None, rhs=None, transpose_a=_Null, transpose_b=_Null, forward_stype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Dot product of two arrays.

dot‘s behavior depends on the input array dimensions:

  • 1-D arrays: inner product of vectors

  • 2-D arrays: matrix multiplication

  • N-D arrays: a sum product over the last axis of the first input and the first axis of the second input

    For example, given 3-D x with shape (n,m,k) and y with shape (k,r,s), the result array will have shape (n,m,r,s). It is computed by:

    dot(x,y)[i,j,a,b] = sum(x[i,j,:]*y[:,a,b])
    

    Example:

    x = reshape([0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7], shape=(2,2,2))
    y = reshape([7,6,5,4,3,2,1,0], shape=(2,2,2))
    dot(x,y)[0,0,1,1] = 0
    sum(x[0,0,:]*y[:,1,1]) = 0
    

The storage type of dot output depends on storage types of inputs, transpose option and forward_stype option for output storage type. Implemented sparse operations include:

  • dot(default, default, transpose_a=True/False, transpose_b=True/False) = default
  • dot(csr, default, transpose_a=True) = default
  • dot(csr, default, transpose_a=True) = row_sparse
  • dot(csr, default) = default
  • dot(csr, row_sparse) = default
  • dot(default, csr) = csr (CPU only)
  • dot(default, csr, forward_stype=’default’) = default
  • dot(default, csr, transpose_b=True, forward_stype=’default’) = default

If the combination of input storage types and forward_stype does not match any of the above patterns, dot will fallback and generate output with default storage.

Note

If the storage type of the lhs is “csr”, the storage type of gradient w.r.t rhs will be “row_sparse”. Only a subset of optimizers support sparse gradients, including SGD, AdaGrad and Adam. Note that by default lazy updates is turned on, which may perform differently from standard updates. For more details, please check the Optimization API at: /api/python/optimization/optimization.html

Defined in src/operator/tensor/dot.cc:L77

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – The first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – The second input
  • transpose_a (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then transpose the first input before dot.
  • transpose_b (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then transpose the second input before dot.
  • forward_stype ({None, 'csr', 'default', 'row_sparse'},optional, default='None') – The desired storage type of the forward output given by user, if thecombination of input storage types and this hint does not matchany implemented ones, the dot operator will perform fallback operationand still produce an output of the desired storage type.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.elemwise_add(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Adds arguments element-wise.

The storage type of elemwise_add output depends on storage types of inputs

  • elemwise_add(row_sparse, row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • elemwise_add(csr, csr) = csr
  • elemwise_add(default, csr) = default
  • elemwise_add(csr, default) = default
  • elemwise_add(default, rsp) = default
  • elemwise_add(rsp, default) = default
  • otherwise, elemwise_add generates output with default storage
Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – second input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.elemwise_div(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Divides arguments element-wise.

The storage type of elemwise_div output is always dense

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – second input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.elemwise_mul(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Multiplies arguments element-wise.

The storage type of elemwise_mul output depends on storage types of inputs

  • elemwise_mul(default, default) = default
  • elemwise_mul(row_sparse, row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • elemwise_mul(default, row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • elemwise_mul(row_sparse, default) = row_sparse
  • elemwise_mul(csr, csr) = csr
  • otherwise, elemwise_mul generates output with default storage
Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – second input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.elemwise_sub(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Subtracts arguments element-wise.

The storage type of elemwise_sub output depends on storage types of inputs

  • elemwise_sub(row_sparse, row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • elemwise_sub(csr, csr) = csr
  • elemwise_sub(default, csr) = default
  • elemwise_sub(csr, default) = default
  • elemwise_sub(default, rsp) = default
  • elemwise_sub(rsp, default) = default
  • otherwise, elemwise_sub generates output with default storage
Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – first input
  • rhs (Symbol) – second input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.erf(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise gauss error function of the input.

Example:

erf([0, -1., 10.]) = [0., -0.8427, 1.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L897

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.exp(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise exponential value of the input.

\[exp(x) = e^x \approx 2.718^x\]

Example:

exp([0, 1, 2]) = [1., 2.71828175, 7.38905621]

The storage type of exp output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L939

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.expand_dims(data=None, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Inserts a new axis of size 1 into the array shape

For example, given x with shape (2,3,4), then expand_dims(x, axis=1) will return a new array with shape (2,1,3,4).

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L348

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • axis (int, required) – Position where new axis is to be inserted. Suppose that the input NDArray‘s dimension is ndim, the range of the inserted axis is [-ndim, ndim]
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.expm1(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns exp(x) - 1 computed element-wise on the input.

This function provides greater precision than exp(x) - 1 for small values of x.

The storage type of expm1 output depends upon the input storage type:

  • expm1(default) = default
  • expm1(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • expm1(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L1018

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.fill_element_0index(lhs=None, mhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Fill one element of each line(row for python, column for R/Julia) in lhs according to index indicated by rhs and values indicated by mhs. This function assume rhs uses 0-based index.

Parameters:
  • lhs (NDArray) – Left operand to the function.
  • mhs (NDArray) – Middle operand to the function.
  • rhs (NDArray) – Right operand to the function.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.fix(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer towards zero of the input.

Example:

fix([-2.1, -1.9, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-2., -1.,  1., 2.]

The storage type of fix output depends upon the input storage type:

  • fix(default) = default
  • fix(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • fix(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L797

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.flatten(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Flattens the input array into a 2-D array by collapsing the higher dimensions.

Note

Flatten is deprecated. Use flatten instead.

For an input array with shape (d1, d2, ..., dk), flatten operation reshapes the input array into an output array of shape (d1, d2*...*dk).

Note that the bahavior of this function is different from numpy.ndarray.flatten, which behaves similar to mxnet.ndarray.reshape((-1,)).

Example:

x = [[
    [1,2,3],
    [4,5,6],
    [7,8,9]
],
[    [1,2,3],
    [4,5,6],
    [7,8,9]
]],

flatten(x) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.,  4.,  5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.],
   [ 1.,  2.,  3.,  4.,  5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L259

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.flip(data=None, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reverses the order of elements along given axis while preserving array shape.

Note: reverse and flip are equivalent. We use reverse in the following examples.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  1.,  2.,  3.,  4.],
     [ 5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.]]

reverse(x, axis=0) = [[ 5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.],
                      [ 0.,  1.,  2.,  3.,  4.]]

reverse(x, axis=1) = [[ 4.,  3.,  2.,  1.,  0.],
                      [ 9.,  8.,  7.,  6.,  5.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L794

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data array
  • axis (Shape(tuple), required) – The axis which to reverse elements.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.floor(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise floor of the input.

The floor of the scalar x is the largest integer i, such that i <= x.

Example:

floor([-2.1, -1.9, 1.5, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-3., -2.,  1.,  1.,  2.]

The storage type of floor output depends upon the input storage type:

  • floor(default) = default
  • floor(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • floor(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L759

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ftml_update(weight=None, grad=None, d=None, v=None, z=None, lr=_Null, beta1=_Null, beta2=_Null, epsilon=_Null, t=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_grad=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

The FTML optimizer described in FTML - Follow the Moving Leader in Deep Learning, available at http://proceedings.mlr.press/v70/zheng17a/zheng17a.pdf.

\[\begin{split}g_t = \nabla J(W_{t-1})\\ v_t = \beta_2 v_{t-1} + (1 - \beta_2) g_t^2\\ d_t = \frac{ 1 - \beta_1^t }{ \eta_t } (\sqrt{ \frac{ v_t }{ 1 - \beta_2^t } } + \epsilon) \sigma_t = d_t - \beta_1 d_{t-1} z_t = \beta_1 z_{ t-1 } + (1 - \beta_1^t) g_t - \sigma_t W_{t-1} W_t = - \frac{ z_t }{ d_t }\end{split}\]

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L447

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • d (Symbol) – Internal state d_t
  • v (Symbol) – Internal state v_t
  • z (Symbol) – Internal state z_t
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate.
  • beta1 (float, optional, default=0.6) – Generally close to 0.5.
  • beta2 (float, optional, default=0.999) – Generally close to 1.
  • epsilon (double, optional, default=1e-08) – Epsilon to prevent div 0.
  • t (int, required) – Number of update.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_grad (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ftrl_update(weight=None, grad=None, z=None, n=None, lr=_Null, lamda1=_Null, beta=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for Ftrl optimizer. Referenced from Ad Click Prediction: a View from the Trenches, available at http://dl.acm.org/citation.cfm?id=2488200.

It updates the weights using:

rescaled_grad = clip(grad * rescale_grad, clip_gradient)
z += rescaled_grad - (sqrt(n + rescaled_grad**2) - sqrt(n)) * weight / learning_rate
n += rescaled_grad**2
w = (sign(z) * lamda1 - z) / ((beta + sqrt(n)) / learning_rate + wd) * (abs(z) > lamda1)

If w, z and n are all of row_sparse storage type, only the row slices whose indices appear in grad.indices are updated (for w, z and n):

for row in grad.indices:
    rescaled_grad[row] = clip(grad[row] * rescale_grad, clip_gradient)
    z[row] += rescaled_grad[row] - (sqrt(n[row] + rescaled_grad[row]**2) - sqrt(n[row])) * weight[row] / learning_rate
    n[row] += rescaled_grad[row]**2
    w[row] = (sign(z[row]) * lamda1 - z[row]) / ((beta + sqrt(n[row])) / learning_rate + wd) * (abs(z[row]) > lamda1)

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L632

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • z (Symbol) – z
  • n (Symbol) – Square of grad
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • lamda1 (float, optional, default=0.01) – The L1 regularization coefficient.
  • beta (float, optional, default=1) – Per-Coordinate Learning Rate beta.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.gamma(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the gamma function (extension of the factorial function to the reals), computed element-wise on the input array.

The storage type of gamma output is always dense

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.gammaln(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise log of the absolute value of the gamma function of the input.

The storage type of gammaln output is always dense

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.gather_nd(data=None, indices=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Gather elements or slices from data and store to a tensor whose shape is defined by indices.

Given data with shape (X_0, X_1, ..., X_{N-1}) and indices with shape (M, Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}), the output will have shape (Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}, X_M, ..., X_{N-1}), where M <= N. If M == N, output shape will simply be (Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}).

The elements in output is defined as follows:

output[y_0, ..., y_{K-1}, x_M, ..., x_{N-1}] = data[indices[0, y_0, ..., y_{K-1}],
                                                    ...,
                                                    indices[M-1, y_0, ..., y_{K-1}],
                                                    x_M, ..., x_{N-1}]

Examples:

data = [[0, 1], [2, 3]]
indices = [[1, 1, 0], [0, 1, 0]]
gather_nd(data, indices) = [2, 3, 0]

data = [[[1, 2], [3, 4]], [[5, 6], [7, 8]]]
indices = [[0, 1], [1, 0]]
gather_nd(data, indices) = [[3, 4], [5, 6]]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – data
  • indices (Symbol) – indices
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.hard_sigmoid(data=None, alpha=_Null, beta=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes hard sigmoid of x element-wise.

\[y = max(0, min(1, alpha * x + beta))\]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L115

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • alpha (float, optional, default=0.2) – Slope of hard sigmoid
  • beta (float, optional, default=0.5) – Bias of hard sigmoid.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.identity(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns a copy of the input.

From:src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:200

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.khatri_rao(*args, **kwargs)

Computes the Khatri-Rao product of the input matrices.

Given a collection of \(n\) input matrices,

\[A_1 \in \mathbb{R}^{M_1 \times M}, \ldots, A_n \in \mathbb{R}^{M_n \times N},\]

the (column-wise) Khatri-Rao product is defined as the matrix,

\[X = A_1 \otimes \cdots \otimes A_n \in \mathbb{R}^{(M_1 \cdots M_n) \times N},\]

where the \(k\) th column is equal to the column-wise outer product \({A_1}_k \otimes \cdots \otimes {A_n}_k\) where \({A_i}_k\) is the kth column of the ith matrix.

Example:

>>> A = mx.nd.array([[1, -1],
>>>                  [2, -3]])
>>> B = mx.nd.array([[1, 4],
>>>                  [2, 5],
>>>                  [3, 6]])
>>> C = mx.nd.khatri_rao(A, B)
>>> print(C.asnumpy())
[[  1.  -4.]
 [  2.  -5.]
 [  3.  -6.]
 [  2. -12.]
 [  4. -15.]
 [  6. -18.]]

Defined in src/operator/contrib/krprod.cc:L108 This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • args (Symbol[]) – Positional input matrices
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_gelqf(A=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

LQ factorization for general matrix. Input is a tensor A of dimension n >= 2.

If n=2, we compute the LQ factorization (LAPACK gelqf, followed by orglq). A must have shape (x, y) with x <= y, and must have full rank =x. The LQ factorization consists of L with shape (x, x) and Q with shape (x, y), so that:

A = L * Q

Here, L is lower triangular (upper triangle equal to zero) with nonzero diagonal, and Q is row-orthonormal, meaning that

Q * QT

is equal to the identity matrix of shape (x, x).

If n>2, gelqf is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single LQ factorization
A = [[1., 2., 3.], [4., 5., 6.]]
Q, L = gelqf(A)
Q = [[-0.26726124, -0.53452248, -0.80178373],
     [0.87287156, 0.21821789, -0.43643578]]
L = [[-3.74165739, 0.],
     [-8.55235974, 1.96396101]]

// Batch LQ factorization
A = [[[1., 2., 3.], [4., 5., 6.]],
     [[7., 8., 9.], [10., 11., 12.]]]
Q, L = gelqf(A)
Q = [[[-0.26726124, -0.53452248, -0.80178373],
      [0.87287156, 0.21821789, -0.43643578]],
     [[-0.50257071, -0.57436653, -0.64616234],
      [0.7620735, 0.05862104, -0.64483142]]]
L = [[[-3.74165739, 0.],
      [-8.55235974, 1.96396101]],
     [[-13.92838828, 0.],
      [-19.09768702, 0.52758934]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L569

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices to be factorized
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_gemm(A=None, B=None, C=None, transpose_a=_Null, transpose_b=_Null, alpha=_Null, beta=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs general matrix multiplication and accumulation. Input are tensors A, B, C, each of dimension n >= 2 and having the same shape on the leading n-2 dimensions.

If n=2, the BLAS3 function gemm is performed:

out = alpha * op(A) * op(B) + beta * C

Here, alpha and beta are scalar parameters, and op() is either the identity or matrix transposition (depending on transpose_a, transpose_b).

If n>2, gemm is performed separately for a batch of matrices. The column indices of the matrices are given by the last dimensions of the tensors, the row indices by the axis specified with the axis parameter. By default, the trailing two dimensions will be used for matrix encoding.

For a non-default axis parameter, the operation performed is equivalent to a series of swapaxes/gemm/swapaxes calls. For example let A, B, C be 5 dimensional tensors. Then gemm(A, B, C, axis=1) is equivalent to

A1 = swapaxes(A, dim1=1, dim2=3) B1 = swapaxes(B, dim1=1, dim2=3) C = swapaxes(C, dim1=1, dim2=3) C = gemm(A1, B1, C) C = swapaxis(C, dim1=1, dim2=3)

without the overhead of the additional swapaxis operations.

When the input data is of type float32 and the environment variables MXNET_CUDA_ALLOW_TENSOR_CORE and MXNET_CUDA_TENSOR_OP_MATH_ALLOW_CONVERSION are set to 1, this operator will try to use pseudo-float16 precision (float32 math with float16 I/O) precision in order to use Tensor Cores on suitable NVIDIA GPUs. This can sometimes give significant speedups.

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix multiply-add
A = [[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0]]
B = [[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0]]
C = [[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0, 1.0]]
gemm(A, B, C, transpose_b=True, alpha=2.0, beta=10.0)
        = [[14.0, 14.0, 14.0], [14.0, 14.0, 14.0]]

// Batch matrix multiply-add
A = [[[1.0, 1.0]], [[0.1, 0.1]]]
B = [[[1.0, 1.0]], [[0.1, 0.1]]]
C = [[[10.0]], [[0.01]]]
gemm(A, B, C, transpose_b=True, alpha=2.0 , beta=10.0)
        = [[[104.0]], [[0.14]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L87

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • B (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • C (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • transpose_a (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply with transposed of first input (A).
  • transpose_b (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply with transposed of second input (B).
  • alpha (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor multiplied with A*B.
  • beta (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor multiplied with C.
  • axis (int, optional, default='-2') – Axis corresponding to the matrix rows.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_gemm2(A=None, B=None, transpose_a=_Null, transpose_b=_Null, alpha=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs general matrix multiplication. Input are tensors A, B, each of dimension n >= 2 and having the same shape on the leading n-2 dimensions.

If n=2, the BLAS3 function gemm is performed:

out = alpha * op(A) * op(B)

Here alpha is a scalar parameter and op() is either the identity or the matrix transposition (depending on transpose_a, transpose_b).

If n>2, gemm is performed separately for a batch of matrices. The column indices of the matrices are given by the last dimensions of the tensors, the row indices by the axis specified with the axis parameter. By default, the trailing two dimensions will be used for matrix encoding.

For a non-default axis parameter, the operation performed is equivalent to a series of swapaxes/gemm/swapaxes calls. For example let A, B be 5 dimensional tensors. Then gemm(A, B, axis=1) is equivalent to

A1 = swapaxes(A, dim1=1, dim2=3) B1 = swapaxes(B, dim1=1, dim2=3) C = gemm2(A1, B1) C = swapaxis(C, dim1=1, dim2=3)

without the overhead of the additional swapaxis operations.

When the input data is of type float32 and the environment variables MXNET_CUDA_ALLOW_TENSOR_CORE and MXNET_CUDA_TENSOR_OP_MATH_ALLOW_CONVERSION are set to 1, this operator will try to use pseudo-float16 precision (float32 math with float16 I/O) precision in order to use Tensor Cores on suitable NVIDIA GPUs. This can sometimes give significant speedups.

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix multiply
A = [[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0]]
B = [[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0]]
gemm2(A, B, transpose_b=True, alpha=2.0)
         = [[4.0, 4.0, 4.0], [4.0, 4.0, 4.0]]

// Batch matrix multiply
A = [[[1.0, 1.0]], [[0.1, 0.1]]]
B = [[[1.0, 1.0]], [[0.1, 0.1]]]
gemm2(A, B, transpose_b=True, alpha=2.0)
        = [[[4.0]], [[0.04 ]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L162

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • B (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • transpose_a (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply with transposed of first input (A).
  • transpose_b (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply with transposed of second input (B).
  • alpha (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor multiplied with A*B.
  • axis (int, optional, default='-2') – Axis corresponding to the matrix row indices.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_potrf(A=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs Cholesky factorization of a symmetric positive-definite matrix. Input is a tensor A of dimension n >= 2.

If n=2, the Cholesky factor B of the symmetric, positive definite matrix A is computed. B is triangular (entries of upper or lower triangle are all zero), has positive diagonal entries, and:

A = B * BT if lower = true A = BT * B if lower = false

If n>2, potrf is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix factorization
A = [[4.0, 1.0], [1.0, 4.25]]
potrf(A) = [[2.0, 0], [0.5, 2.0]]

// Batch matrix factorization
A = [[[4.0, 1.0], [1.0, 4.25]], [[16.0, 4.0], [4.0, 17.0]]]
potrf(A) = [[[2.0, 0], [0.5, 2.0]], [[4.0, 0], [1.0, 4.0]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L213

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices to be decomposed
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_potri(A=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs matrix inversion from a Cholesky factorization. Input is a tensor A of dimension n >= 2.

If n=2, A is a triangular matrix (entries of upper or lower triangle are all zero) with positive diagonal. We compute:

out = A-T * A-1 if lower = true out = A-1 * A-T if lower = false

In other words, if A is the Cholesky factor of a symmetric positive definite matrix B (obtained by potrf), then

out = B-1

If n>2, potri is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Note

Use this operator only if you are certain you need the inverse of B, and cannot use the Cholesky factor A (potrf), together with backsubstitution (trsm). The latter is numerically much safer, and also cheaper.

Examples:

// Single matrix inverse
A = [[2.0, 0], [0.5, 2.0]]
potri(A) = [[0.26563, -0.0625], [-0.0625, 0.25]]

// Batch matrix inverse
A = [[[2.0, 0], [0.5, 2.0]], [[4.0, 0], [1.0, 4.0]]]
potri(A) = [[[0.26563, -0.0625], [-0.0625, 0.25]],
            [[0.06641, -0.01562], [-0.01562, 0,0625]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L274

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of lower triangular matrices
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_sumlogdiag(A=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the sum of the logarithms of the diagonal elements of a square matrix. Input is a tensor A of dimension n >= 2.

If n=2, A must be square with positive diagonal entries. We sum the natural logarithms of the diagonal elements, the result has shape (1,).

If n>2, sumlogdiag is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix reduction
A = [[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 7.0]]
sumlogdiag(A) = [1.9459]

// Batch matrix reduction
A = [[[1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 7.0]], [[3.0, 0], [0, 17.0]]]
sumlogdiag(A) = [1.9459, 3.9318]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L445

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of square matrices
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_syrk(A=None, transpose=_Null, alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Multiplication of matrix with its transpose. Input is a tensor A of dimension n >= 2.

If n=2, the operator performs the BLAS3 function syrk:

out = alpha * A * AT

if transpose=False, or

out = alpha * AT * A

if transpose=True.

If n>2, syrk is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix multiply
A = [[1., 2., 3.], [4., 5., 6.]]
syrk(A, alpha=1., transpose=False)
         = [[14., 32.],
            [32., 77.]]
syrk(A, alpha=1., transpose=True)
         = [[17., 22., 27.],
            [22., 29., 36.],
            [27., 36., 45.]]

// Batch matrix multiply
A = [[[1., 1.]], [[0.1, 0.1]]]
syrk(A, alpha=2., transpose=False) = [[[4.]], [[0.04]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L501

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of input matrices
  • transpose (boolean, optional, default=0) – Use transpose of input matrix.
  • alpha (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor to be applied to the result.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_trmm(A=None, B=None, transpose=_Null, rightside=_Null, lower=_Null, alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Performs multiplication with a lower triangular matrix. Input are tensors A, B, each of dimension n >= 2 and having the same shape on the leading n-2 dimensions.

If n=2, A must be triangular. The operator performs the BLAS3 function trmm:

out = alpha * op(A) * B

if rightside=False, or

out = alpha * B * op(A)

if rightside=True. Here, alpha is a scalar parameter, and op() is either the identity or the matrix transposition (depending on transpose).

If n>2, trmm is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single triangular matrix multiply
A = [[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]]
B = [[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0, 1.0]]
trmm(A, B, alpha=2.0) = [[2.0, 2.0, 2.0], [4.0, 4.0, 4.0]]

// Batch triangular matrix multiply
A = [[[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]], [[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]]]
B = [[[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0, 1.0]], [[0.5, 0.5, 0.5], [0.5, 0.5, 0.5]]]
trmm(A, B, alpha=2.0) = [[[2.0, 2.0, 2.0], [4.0, 4.0, 4.0]],
                         [[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [2.0, 2.0, 2.0]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L333

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of lower triangular matrices
  • B (Symbol) – Tensor of matrices
  • transpose (boolean, optional, default=0) – Use transposed of the triangular matrix
  • rightside (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply triangular matrix from the right to non-triangular one.
  • lower (boolean, optional, default=1) – True if the triangular matrix is lower triangular, false if it is upper triangular.
  • alpha (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor to be applied to the result.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.linalg_trsm(A=None, B=None, transpose=_Null, rightside=_Null, lower=_Null, alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Solves matrix equation involving a lower triangular matrix. Input are tensors A, B, each of dimension n >= 2 and having the same shape on the leading n-2 dimensions.

If n=2, A must be triangular. The operator performs the BLAS3 function trsm, solving for out in:

op(A) * out = alpha * B

if rightside=False, or

out * op(A) = alpha * B

if rightside=True. Here, alpha is a scalar parameter, and op() is either the identity or the matrix transposition (depending on transpose).

If n>2, trsm is performed separately on the trailing two dimensions for all inputs (batch mode).

Note

The operator supports float32 and float64 data types only.

Examples:

// Single matrix solve
A = [[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]]
B = [[2.0, 2.0, 2.0], [4.0, 4.0, 4.0]]
trsm(A, B, alpha=0.5) = [[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0, 1.0]]

// Batch matrix solve
A = [[[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]], [[1.0, 0], [1.0, 1.0]]]
B = [[[2.0, 2.0, 2.0], [4.0, 4.0, 4.0]],
     [[4.0, 4.0, 4.0], [8.0, 8.0, 8.0]]]
trsm(A, B, alpha=0.5) = [[[1.0, 1.0, 1.0], [1.0, 1.0, 1.0]],
                         [[2.0, 2.0, 2.0], [2.0, 2.0, 2.0]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/la_op.cc:L396

Parameters:
  • A (Symbol) – Tensor of lower triangular matrices
  • B (Symbol) – Tensor of matrices
  • transpose (boolean, optional, default=0) – Use transposed of the triangular matrix
  • rightside (boolean, optional, default=0) – Multiply triangular matrix from the right to non-triangular one.
  • lower (boolean, optional, default=1) – True if the triangular matrix is lower triangular, false if it is upper triangular.
  • alpha (double, optional, default=1) – Scalar factor to be applied to the result.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.log(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise Natural logarithmic value of the input.

The natural logarithm is logarithm in base e, so that log(exp(x)) = x

The storage type of log output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L951

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.log10(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise Base-10 logarithmic value of the input.

10**log10(x) = x

The storage type of log10 output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L963

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.log1p(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise log(1 + x) value of the input.

This function is more accurate than log(1 + x) for small x so that \(1+x\approx 1\)

The storage type of log1p output depends upon the input storage type:

  • log1p(default) = default
  • log1p(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • log1p(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L1000

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.log2(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise Base-2 logarithmic value of the input.

2**log2(x) = x

The storage type of log2 output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L975

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.log_softmax(data=None, axis=_Null, temperature=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the log softmax of the input. This is equivalent to computing softmax followed by log.

Examples:

>>> x = mx.nd.array([1, 2, .1])
>>> mx.nd.log_softmax(x).asnumpy()
array([-1.41702998, -0.41702995, -2.31702995], dtype=float32)

>>> x = mx.nd.array( [[1, 2, .1],[.1, 2, 1]] )
>>> mx.nd.log_softmax(x, axis=0).asnumpy()
array([[-0.34115392, -0.69314718, -1.24115396],
       [-1.24115396, -0.69314718, -0.34115392]], dtype=float32)
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • axis (int, optional, default='-1') – The axis along which to compute softmax.
  • temperature (double or None, optional, default=None) – Temperature parameter in softmax
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.logical_not(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the result of logical NOT (!) function

Example

logical_not([-2., 0., 1.]) = [0., 1., 0.]

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.make_loss(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Make your own loss function in network construction.

This operator accepts a customized loss function symbol as a terminal loss and the symbol should be an operator with no backward dependency. The output of this function is the gradient of loss with respect to the input data.

For example, if you are a making a cross entropy loss function. Assume out is the predicted output and label is the true label, then the cross entropy can be defined as:

cross_entropy = label * log(out) + (1 - label) * log(1 - out)
loss = make_loss(cross_entropy)

We will need to use make_loss when we are creating our own loss function or we want to combine multiple loss functions. Also we may want to stop some variables’ gradients from backpropagation. See more detail in BlockGrad or stop_gradient.

The storage type of make_loss output depends upon the input storage type:

  • make_loss(default) = default
  • make_loss(row_sparse) = row_sparse

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L300

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.max(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the max of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L191

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.max_axis(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the max of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L191

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.mean(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the mean of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L132

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.min(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the min of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L205

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.min_axis(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the min of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L205

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.mp_sgd_mom_update(weight=None, grad=None, mom=None, weight32=None, lr=_Null, momentum=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, lazy_update=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Updater function for multi-precision sgd optimizer

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • mom (Symbol) – Momentum
  • weight32 (Symbol) – Weight32
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0) – The decay rate of momentum estimates at each epoch.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • lazy_update (boolean, optional, default=1) – If true, lazy updates are applied if gradient’s stype is row_sparse and both weight and momentum have the same stype
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.mp_sgd_update(weight=None, grad=None, weight32=None, lr=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, lazy_update=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Updater function for multi-precision sgd optimizer

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – gradient
  • weight32 (Symbol) – Weight32
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • lazy_update (boolean, optional, default=1) – If true, lazy updates are applied if gradient’s stype is row_sparse.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.nanprod(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the product of array elements over given axes treating Not a Numbers (NaN) as one.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L177

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.nansum(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the sum of array elements over given axes treating Not a Numbers (NaN) as zero.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L162

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.negative(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Numerical negative of the argument, element-wise.

The storage type of negative output depends upon the input storage type:

  • negative(default) = default
  • negative(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • negative(csr) = csr
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.norm(data=None, ord=_Null, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the norm on an NDArray.

This operator computes the norm on an NDArray with the specified axis, depending on the value of the ord parameter. By default, it computes the L2 norm on the entire array. Currently only ord=2 supports sparse ndarrays.

Examples:

x = [[[1, 2],
      [3, 4]],
     [[2, 2],
      [5, 6]]]

norm(x, ord=2, axis=1) = [[3.1622777 4.472136 ]
                          [5.3851647 6.3245554]]

norm(x, ord=1, axis=1) = [[4., 6.],
                          [7., 8.]]

rsp = x.cast_storage('row_sparse')

norm(rsp) = [5.47722578]

csr = x.cast_storage('csr')

norm(csr) = [5.47722578]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L350

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • ord (int, optional, default='2') – Order of the norm. Currently ord=1 and ord=2 is supported.
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –
    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.
    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,). If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis. If axis is a 2-tuple, it specifies the axes that hold 2-D matrices, and the matrix norms of these matrices are computed.
  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axis is left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.normal(loc=_Null, scale=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a normal (Gaussian) distribution.

Note

The existing alias normal is deprecated.

Samples are distributed according to a normal distribution parametrized by loc (mean) and scale (standard deviation).

Example:

normal(loc=0, scale=1, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 1.89171135, -1.16881478],
                                       [-1.23474145,  1.55807114]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L113

Parameters:
  • loc (float, optional, default=0) – Mean of the distribution.
  • scale (float, optional, default=1) – Standard deviation of the distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.one_hot(indices=None, depth=_Null, on_value=_Null, off_value=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns a one-hot array.

The locations represented by indices take value on_value, while all other locations take value off_value.

one_hot operation with indices of shape (i0, i1) and depth of d would result in an output array of shape (i0, i1, d) with:

output[i,j,:] = off_value
output[i,j,indices[i,j]] = on_value

Examples:

one_hot([1,0,2,0], 3) = [[ 0.  1.  0.]
                         [ 1.  0.  0.]
                         [ 0.  0.  1.]
                         [ 1.  0.  0.]]

one_hot([1,0,2,0], 3, on_value=8, off_value=1,
        dtype='int32') = [[1 8 1]
                          [8 1 1]
                          [1 1 8]
                          [8 1 1]]

one_hot([[1,0],[1,0],[2,0]], 3) = [[[ 0.  1.  0.]
                                    [ 1.  0.  0.]]

                                   [[ 0.  1.  0.]
                                    [ 1.  0.  0.]]

                                   [[ 0.  0.  1.]
                                    [ 1.  0.  0.]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/indexing_op.cc:L796

Parameters:
  • indices (Symbol) – array of locations where to set on_value
  • depth (int, required) – Depth of the one hot dimension.
  • on_value (double, optional, default=1) – The value assigned to the locations represented by indices.
  • off_value (double, optional, default=0) – The value assigned to the locations not represented by indices.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'int64', 'int8', 'uint8'},optional, default='float32') – DType of the output
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ones_like(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Return an array of ones with the same shape and type as the input array.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
     [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]

ones_like(x) = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
                [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.pad(data=None, mode=_Null, pad_width=_Null, constant_value=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Pads an input array with a constant or edge values of the array.

Note

Pad is deprecated. Use pad instead.

Note

Current implementation only supports 4D and 5D input arrays with padding applied only on axes 1, 2 and 3. Expects axes 4 and 5 in pad_width to be zero.

This operation pads an input array with either a constant_value or edge values along each axis of the input array. The amount of padding is specified by pad_width.

pad_width is a tuple of integer padding widths for each axis of the format (before_1, after_1, ... , before_N, after_N). The pad_width should be of length 2*N where N is the number of dimensions of the array.

For dimension N of the input array, before_N and after_N indicates how many values to add before and after the elements of the array along dimension N. The widths of the higher two dimensions before_1, after_1, before_2, after_2 must be 0.

Example:

x = [[[[  1.   2.   3.]
       [  4.   5.   6.]]

      [[  7.   8.   9.]
       [ 10.  11.  12.]]]


     [[[ 11.  12.  13.]
       [ 14.  15.  16.]]

      [[ 17.  18.  19.]
       [ 20.  21.  22.]]]]

pad(x,mode="edge", pad_width=(0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1)) =

      [[[[  1.   1.   2.   3.   3.]
         [  1.   1.   2.   3.   3.]
         [  4.   4.   5.   6.   6.]
         [  4.   4.   5.   6.   6.]]

        [[  7.   7.   8.   9.   9.]
         [  7.   7.   8.   9.   9.]
         [ 10.  10.  11.  12.  12.]
         [ 10.  10.  11.  12.  12.]]]


       [[[ 11.  11.  12.  13.  13.]
         [ 11.  11.  12.  13.  13.]
         [ 14.  14.  15.  16.  16.]
         [ 14.  14.  15.  16.  16.]]

        [[ 17.  17.  18.  19.  19.]
         [ 17.  17.  18.  19.  19.]
         [ 20.  20.  21.  22.  22.]
         [ 20.  20.  21.  22.  22.]]]]

pad(x, mode="constant", constant_value=0, pad_width=(0,0,0,0,1,1,1,1)) =

      [[[[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.   1.   2.   3.   0.]
         [  0.   4.   5.   6.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]

        [[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.   7.   8.   9.   0.]
         [  0.  10.  11.  12.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]]


       [[[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.  11.  12.  13.   0.]
         [  0.  14.  15.  16.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]

        [[  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]
         [  0.  17.  18.  19.   0.]
         [  0.  20.  21.  22.   0.]
         [  0.   0.   0.   0.   0.]]]]

Defined in src/operator/pad.cc:L766

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – An n-dimensional input array.
  • mode ({'constant', 'edge', 'reflect'}, required) – Padding type to use. “constant” pads with constant_value “edge” pads using the edge values of the input array “reflect” pads by reflecting values with respect to the edges.
  • pad_width (Shape(tuple), required) – Widths of the padding regions applied to the edges of each axis. It is a tuple of integer padding widths for each axis of the format (before_1, after_1, ... , before_N, after_N). It should be of length 2*N where N is the number of dimensions of the array.This is equivalent to pad_width in numpy.pad, but flattened.
  • constant_value (double, optional, default=0) – The value used for padding when mode is “constant”.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.pick(data=None, index=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, mode=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Picks elements from an input array according to the input indices along the given axis.

Given an input array of shape (d0, d1) and indices of shape (i0,), the result will be an output array of shape (i0,) with:

output[i] = input[i, indices[i]]

By default, if any index mentioned is too large, it is replaced by the index that addresses the last element along an axis (the clip mode).

This function supports n-dimensional input and (n-1)-dimensional indices arrays.

Examples:

x = [[ 1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.],
     [ 5.,  6.]]

// picks elements with specified indices along axis 0
pick(x, y=[0,1], 0) = [ 1.,  4.]

// picks elements with specified indices along axis 1
pick(x, y=[0,1,0], 1) = [ 1.,  4.,  5.]

y = [[ 1.],
     [ 0.],
     [ 2.]]

// picks elements with specified indices along axis 1 using 'wrap' mode
// to place indicies that would normally be out of bounds
pick(x, y=[2,-1,-2], 1, mode='wrap') = [ 1.,  4.,  5.]

y = [[ 1.],
     [ 0.],
     [ 2.]]

// picks elements with specified indices along axis 1 and dims are maintained
pick(x,y, 1, keepdims=True) = [[ 2.],
                               [ 3.],
                               [ 6.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_index.cc:L153

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array
  • index (Symbol) – The index array
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='-1') – int or None. The axis to picking the elements. Negative values means indexing from right to left. If is None, the elements in the index w.r.t the flattened input will be picked.
  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true, the axis where we pick the elements is left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • mode ({'clip', 'wrap'},optional, default='clip') – Specify how out-of-bound indices behave. Default is “clip”. “clip” means clip to the range. So, if all indices mentioned are too large, they are replaced by the index that addresses the last element along an axis. “wrap” means to wrap around.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.prod(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the product of array elements over given axes.

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L147

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.radians(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Converts each element of the input array from degrees to radians.

\[radians([0, 90, 180, 270, 360]) = [0, \pi/2, \pi, 3\pi/2, 2\pi]\]

The storage type of radians output depends upon the input storage type:

  • radians(default) = default
  • radians(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • radians(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L182

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_exponential(lam=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from an exponential distribution.

Samples are distributed according to an exponential distribution parametrized by lambda (rate).

Example:

exponential(lam=4, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 0.0097189 ,  0.08999364],
                                   [ 0.04146638,  0.31715935]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L137

Parameters:
  • lam (float, optional, default=1) – Lambda parameter (rate) of the exponential distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_gamma(alpha=_Null, beta=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a gamma distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a gamma distribution parametrized by alpha (shape) and beta (scale).

Example:

gamma(alpha=9, beta=0.5, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 7.10486984,  3.37695289],
                                         [ 3.91697288,  3.65933681]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L125

Parameters:
  • alpha (float, optional, default=1) – Alpha parameter (shape) of the gamma distribution.
  • beta (float, optional, default=1) – Beta parameter (scale) of the gamma distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_generalized_negative_binomial(mu=_Null, alpha=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a generalized negative binomial distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a generalized negative binomial distribution parametrized by mu (mean) and alpha (dispersion). alpha is defined as 1/k where k is the failure limit of the number of unsuccessful experiments (generalized to real numbers). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

generalized_negative_binomial(mu=2.0, alpha=0.3, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 2.,  1.],
                                                                 [ 6.,  4.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L179

Parameters:
  • mu (float, optional, default=1) – Mean of the negative binomial distribution.
  • alpha (float, optional, default=1) – Alpha (dispersion) parameter of the negative binomial distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_negative_binomial(k=_Null, p=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a negative binomial distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a negative binomial distribution parametrized by k (limit of unsuccessful experiments) and p (failure probability in each experiment). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

negative_binomial(k=3, p=0.4, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 4.,  7.],
                                              [ 2.,  5.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L164

Parameters:
  • k (int, optional, default='1') – Limit of unsuccessful experiments.
  • p (float, optional, default=1) – Failure probability in each experiment.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_normal(loc=_Null, scale=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a normal (Gaussian) distribution.

Note

The existing alias normal is deprecated.

Samples are distributed according to a normal distribution parametrized by loc (mean) and scale (standard deviation).

Example:

normal(loc=0, scale=1, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 1.89171135, -1.16881478],
                                       [-1.23474145,  1.55807114]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L113

Parameters:
  • loc (float, optional, default=0) – Mean of the distribution.
  • scale (float, optional, default=1) – Standard deviation of the distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_poisson(lam=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a Poisson distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a Poisson distribution parametrized by lambda (rate). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

poisson(lam=4, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 5.,  2.],
                               [ 4.,  6.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L150

Parameters:
  • lam (float, optional, default=1) – Lambda parameter (rate) of the Poisson distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_randint(low=_Null, high=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a discrete uniform distribution.

Samples are uniformly distributed over the half-open interval [low, high) (includes low, but excludes high).

Example:

randint(low=0, high=5, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 0,  2],
                                       [ 3,  1]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L193

Parameters:
  • low (, required) – Lower bound of the distribution.
  • high (, required) – Upper bound of the distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'int32', 'int64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to int32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random_uniform(low=_Null, high=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a uniform distribution.

Note

The existing alias uniform is deprecated.

Samples are uniformly distributed over the half-open interval [low, high) (includes low, but excludes high).

Example:

uniform(low=0, high=1, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 0.60276335,  0.85794562],
                                       [ 0.54488319,  0.84725171]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L96

Parameters:
  • low (float, optional, default=0) – Lower bound of the distribution.
  • high (float, optional, default=1) – Upper bound of the distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ravel_multi_index(data=None, shape=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Converts a batch of index arrays into an array of flat indices. The operator follows numpy conventions so a single multi index is given by a column of the input matrix.

Examples:

A = [[3,6,6],[4,5,1]]
ravel(A, shape=(7,6)) = [22,41,37]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/ravel.cc:L41

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Batch of multi-indices
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the array into which the multi-indices apply.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.rcbrt(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise inverse cube-root value of the input.

\[rcbrt(x) = 1/\sqrt[3]{x}\]

Example:

rcbrt([1,8,-125]) = [1.0, 0.5, -0.2]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L916

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.reciprocal(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the reciprocal of the argument, element-wise.

Calculates 1/x.

Example:

reciprocal([-2, 1, 3, 1.6.0, 0.2]) = [-0.5, 1.0, 0.33333334, 0.625, 5.0]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L640

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.relu(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes rectified linear.

\[max(features, 0)\]

The storage type of relu output depends upon the input storage type:

  • relu(default) = default
  • relu(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • relu(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L85

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.repeat(data=None, repeats=_Null, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Repeats elements of an array.

By default, repeat flattens the input array into 1-D and then repeats the elements:

x = [[ 1, 2],
     [ 3, 4]]

repeat(x, repeats=2) = [ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.,  3.,  3.,  4.,  4.]

The parameter axis specifies the axis along which to perform repeat:

repeat(x, repeats=2, axis=1) = [[ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
                                [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.]]

repeat(x, repeats=2, axis=0) = [[ 1.,  2.],
                                [ 1.,  2.],
                                [ 3.,  4.],
                                [ 3.,  4.]]

repeat(x, repeats=2, axis=-1) = [[ 1.,  1.,  2.,  2.],
                                 [ 3.,  3.,  4.,  4.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L692

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data array
  • repeats (int, required) – The number of repetitions for each element.
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='None') – The axis along which to repeat values. The negative numbers are interpreted counting from the backward. By default, use the flattened input array, and return a flat output array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.reshape(data=None, shape=_Null, reverse=_Null, target_shape=_Null, keep_highest=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reshapes the input array.

Note

Reshape is deprecated, use reshape

Given an array and a shape, this function returns a copy of the array in the new shape. The shape is a tuple of integers such as (2,3,4). The size of the new shape should be same as the size of the input array.

Example:

reshape([1,2,3,4], shape=(2,2)) = [[1,2], [3,4]]

Some dimensions of the shape can take special values from the set {0, -1, -2, -3, -4}. The significance of each is explained below:

  • 0 copy this dimension from the input to the output shape.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (4,0,2), output shape = (4,3,2)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,0,0), output shape = (2,3,4)
    
  • -1 infers the dimension of the output shape by using the remainder of the input dimensions keeping the size of the new array same as that of the input array. At most one dimension of shape can be -1.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (6,1,-1), output shape = (6,1,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (3,-1,8), output shape = (3,1,8)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape=(-1,), output shape = (24,)
    
  • -2 copy all/remainder of the input dimensions to the output shape.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-2,), output shape = (2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,-2), output shape = (2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-2,1,1), output shape = (2,3,4,1,1)
    
  • -3 use the product of two consecutive dimensions of the input shape as the output dimension.

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-3,4), output shape = (6,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4,5), shape = (-3,-3), output shape = (6,20)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (0,-3), output shape = (2,12)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-3,-2), output shape = (6,4)
    
  • -4 split one dimension of the input into two dimensions passed subsequent to -4 in shape (can contain -1).

    Example:

    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (-4,1,2,-2), output shape =(1,2,3,4)
    - input shape = (2,3,4), shape = (2,-4,-1,3,-2), output shape = (2,1,3,4)
    

If the argument reverse is set to 1, then the special values are inferred from right to left.

Example:

- without reverse=1, for input shape = (10,5,4), shape = (-1,0), output shape would be (40,5)
- with reverse=1, output shape will be (50,4).

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L169

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data to reshape.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – The target shape
  • reverse (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true then the special values are inferred from right to left
  • target_shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – (Deprecated! Use shape instead.) Target new shape. One and only one dim can be 0, in which case it will be inferred from the rest of dims
  • keep_highest (boolean, optional, default=0) – (Deprecated! Use shape instead.) Whether keep the highest dim unchanged.If set to true, then the first dim in target_shape is ignored,and always fixed as input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.reshape_like(lhs=None, rhs=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reshape some or all dimensions of lhs to have the same shape as some or all dimensions of rhs.

Returns a view of the lhs array with a new shape without altering any data.

Example:

x = [1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6]
y = [[0, -4], [3, 2], [2, 2]]
reshape_like(x, y) = [[1, 2], [3, 4], [5, 6]]

More precise control over how dimensions are inherited is achieved by specifying slices over the lhs and rhs array dimensions. Only the sliced lhs dimensions are reshaped to the rhs sliced dimensions, with the non-sliced lhs dimensions staying the same.

Examples:

- lhs shape = (30,7), rhs shape = (15,2,4), lhs_begin=0, lhs_end=1, rhs_begin=0, rhs_end=2, output shape = (15,2,7)
- lhs shape = (3, 5), rhs shape = (1,15,4), lhs_begin=0, lhs_end=2, rhs_begin=1, rhs_end=2, output shape = (15)

Negative indices are supported, and None can be used for either lhs_end or rhs_end to indicate the end of the range.

Example:

- lhs shape = (30, 12), rhs shape = (4, 2, 2, 3), lhs_begin=-1, lhs_end=None, rhs_begin=1, rhs_end=None, output shape = (30, 2, 2, 3)

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L455

Parameters:
  • lhs (Symbol) – First input.
  • rhs (Symbol) – Second input.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.reverse(data=None, axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Reverses the order of elements along given axis while preserving array shape.

Note: reverse and flip are equivalent. We use reverse in the following examples.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.,  1.,  2.,  3.,  4.],
     [ 5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.]]

reverse(x, axis=0) = [[ 5.,  6.,  7.,  8.,  9.],
                      [ 0.,  1.,  2.,  3.,  4.]]

reverse(x, axis=1) = [[ 4.,  3.,  2.,  1.,  0.],
                      [ 9.,  8.,  7.,  6.,  5.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L794

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data array
  • axis (Shape(tuple), required) – The axis which to reverse elements.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.rint(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer of the input.

Note

  • For input n.5 rint returns n while round returns n+1.
  • For input -n.5 both rint and round returns -n-1.

Example:

rint([-1.5, 1.5, -1.9, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-2.,  1., -2.,  2.,  2.]

The storage type of rint output depends upon the input storage type:

  • rint(default) = default
  • rint(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • rint(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L721

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.rmsprop_update(weight=None, grad=None, n=None, lr=_Null, gamma1=_Null, epsilon=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, clip_weights=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for RMSProp optimizer.

RMSprop is a variant of stochastic gradient descent where the gradients are divided by a cache which grows with the sum of squares of recent gradients?

RMSProp is similar to AdaGrad, a popular variant of SGD which adaptively tunes the learning rate of each parameter. AdaGrad lowers the learning rate for each parameter monotonically over the course of training. While this is analytically motivated for convex optimizations, it may not be ideal for non-convex problems. RMSProp deals with this heuristically by allowing the learning rates to rebound as the denominator decays over time.

Define the Root Mean Square (RMS) error criterion of the gradient as \(RMS[g]_t = \sqrt{E[g^2]_t + \epsilon}\), where \(g\) represents gradient and \(E[g^2]_t\) is the decaying average over past squared gradient.

The \(E[g^2]_t\) is given by:

\[E[g^2]_t = \gamma * E[g^2]_{t-1} + (1-\gamma) * g_t^2\]

The update step is

\[\theta_{t+1} = \theta_t - \frac{\eta}{RMS[g]_t} g_t\]

The RMSProp code follows the version in http://www.cs.toronto.edu/~tijmen/csc321/slides/lecture_slides_lec6.pdf Tieleman & Hinton, 2012.

Hinton suggests the momentum term \(\gamma\) to be 0.9 and the learning rate \(\eta\) to be 0.001.

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L553

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • n (Symbol) – n
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • gamma1 (float, optional, default=0.95) – The decay rate of momentum estimates.
  • epsilon (float, optional, default=1e-08) – A small constant for numerical stability.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • clip_weights (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip weights to the range of [-clip_weights, clip_weights] If clip_weights <= 0, weight clipping is turned off. weights = max(min(weights, clip_weights), -clip_weights).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.rmspropalex_update(weight=None, grad=None, n=None, g=None, delta=None, lr=_Null, gamma1=_Null, gamma2=_Null, epsilon=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, clip_weights=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for RMSPropAlex optimizer.

RMSPropAlex is non-centered version of RMSProp.

Define \(E[g^2]_t\) is the decaying average over past squared gradient and \(E[g]_t\) is the decaying average over past gradient.

\[\begin{split}E[g^2]_t = \gamma_1 * E[g^2]_{t-1} + (1 - \gamma_1) * g_t^2\\ E[g]_t = \gamma_1 * E[g]_{t-1} + (1 - \gamma_1) * g_t\\ \Delta_t = \gamma_2 * \Delta_{t-1} - \frac{\eta}{\sqrt{E[g^2]_t - E[g]_t^2 + \epsilon}} g_t\\\end{split}\]

The update step is

\[\theta_{t+1} = \theta_t + \Delta_t\]

The RMSPropAlex code follows the version in http://arxiv.org/pdf/1308.0850v5.pdf Eq(38) - Eq(45) by Alex Graves, 2013.

Graves suggests the momentum term \(\gamma_1\) to be 0.95, \(\gamma_2\) to be 0.9 and the learning rate \(\eta\) to be 0.0001.

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L592

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • n (Symbol) – n
  • g (Symbol) – g
  • delta (Symbol) – delta
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • gamma1 (float, optional, default=0.95) – Decay rate.
  • gamma2 (float, optional, default=0.9) – Decay rate.
  • epsilon (float, optional, default=1e-08) – A small constant for numerical stability.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • clip_weights (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip weights to the range of [-clip_weights, clip_weights] If clip_weights <= 0, weight clipping is turned off. weights = max(min(weights, clip_weights), -clip_weights).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.round(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise rounded value to the nearest integer of the input.

Example:

round([-1.5, 1.5, -1.9, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-2.,  2., -2.,  2.,  2.]

The storage type of round output depends upon the input storage type:

  • round(default) = default
  • round(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • round(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L700

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.rsqrt(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise inverse square-root value of the input.

\[rsqrt(x) = 1/\sqrt{x}\]

Example:

rsqrt([4,9,16]) = [0.5, 0.33333334, 0.25]

The storage type of rsqrt output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L860

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_exponential(lam=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple exponential distributions with parameters lambda (rate).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as an input array. Let [s] be the shape of the input array, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input array, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input value at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input array.

Examples:

lam = [ 1.0, 8.5 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_exponential(lam) = [ 0.51837951,  0.09994757]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_exponential(lam, shape=(2)) = [[ 0.51837951,  0.19866663],
                                      [ 0.09994757,  0.50447971]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L284

Parameters:
  • lam (Symbol) – Lambda (rate) parameters of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_gamma(alpha=None, beta=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple gamma distributions with parameters alpha (shape) and beta (scale).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as input arrays. Let [s] be the shape of the input arrays, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input arrays, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input values at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input arrays.

Examples:

alpha = [ 0.0, 2.5 ]
beta = [ 1.0, 0.7 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_gamma(alpha, beta) = [ 0.        ,  2.25797319]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_gamma(alpha, beta, shape=(2)) = [[ 0.        ,  0.        ],
                                        [ 2.25797319,  1.70734084]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L282

Parameters:
  • alpha (Symbol) – Alpha (shape) parameters of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • beta (Symbol) – Beta (scale) parameters of the distributions.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_generalized_negative_binomial(mu=None, alpha=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple generalized negative binomial distributions with parameters mu (mean) and alpha (dispersion).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as input arrays. Let [s] be the shape of the input arrays, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input arrays, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input values at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input arrays.

Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Examples:

mu = [ 2.0, 2.5 ]
alpha = [ 1.0, 0.1 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_generalized_negative_binomial(mu, alpha) = [ 0.,  3.]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_generalized_negative_binomial(mu, alpha, shape=(2)) = [[ 0.,  3.],
                                                              [ 3.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L293

Parameters:
  • mu (Symbol) – Means of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • alpha (Symbol) – Alpha (dispersion) parameters of the distributions.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_multinomial(data=None, shape=_Null, get_prob=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple multinomial distributions.

data is an n dimensional array whose last dimension has length k, where k is the number of possible outcomes of each multinomial distribution. This operator will draw shape samples from each distribution. If shape is empty one sample will be drawn from each distribution.

If get_prob is true, a second array containing log likelihood of the drawn samples will also be returned. This is usually used for reinforcement learning where you can provide reward as head gradient for this array to estimate gradient.

Note that the input distribution must be normalized, i.e. data must sum to 1 along its last axis.

Examples:

probs = [[0, 0.1, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4], [0.4, 0.3, 0.2, 0.1, 0]]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_multinomial(probs) = [3, 0]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_multinomial(probs, shape=(2)) = [[4, 2],
                                        [0, 0]]

// requests log likelihood
sample_multinomial(probs, get_prob=True) = [2, 1], [0.2, 0.3]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Distribution probabilities. Must sum to one on the last axis.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • get_prob (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to also return the log probability of sampled result. This is usually used for differentiating through stochastic variables, e.g. in reinforcement learning.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'uint8'},optional, default='int32') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_negative_binomial(k=None, p=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple negative binomial distributions with parameters k (failure limit) and p (failure probability).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as input arrays. Let [s] be the shape of the input arrays, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input arrays, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input values at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input arrays.

Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Examples:

k = [ 20, 49 ]
p = [ 0.4 , 0.77 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_negative_binomial(k, p) = [ 15.,  16.]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_negative_binomial(k, p, shape=(2)) = [[ 15.,  50.],
                                             [ 16.,  12.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L289

Parameters:
  • k (Symbol) – Limits of unsuccessful experiments.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • p (Symbol) – Failure probabilities in each experiment.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_normal(mu=None, sigma=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple normal distributions with parameters mu (mean) and sigma (standard deviation).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as input arrays. Let [s] be the shape of the input arrays, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input arrays, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input values at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input arrays.

Examples:

mu = [ 0.0, 2.5 ]
sigma = [ 1.0, 3.7 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_normal(mu, sigma) = [-0.56410581,  0.95934606]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_normal(mu, sigma, shape=(2)) = [[-0.56410581,  0.2928229 ],
                                       [ 0.95934606,  4.48287058]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L279

Parameters:
  • mu (Symbol) – Means of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • sigma (Symbol) – Standard deviations of the distributions.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_poisson(lam=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple Poisson distributions with parameters lambda (rate).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as an input array. Let [s] be the shape of the input array, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input array, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input value at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input array.

Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Examples:

lam = [ 1.0, 8.5 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_poisson(lam) = [  0.,  13.]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_poisson(lam, shape=(2)) = [[  0.,   4.],
                                  [ 13.,   8.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L286

Parameters:
  • lam (Symbol) – Lambda (rate) parameters of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sample_uniform(low=None, high=None, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Concurrent sampling from multiple uniform distributions on the intervals given by [low,high).

The parameters of the distributions are provided as input arrays. Let [s] be the shape of the input arrays, n be the dimension of [s], [t] be the shape specified as the parameter of the operator, and m be the dimension of [t]. Then the output will be a (n+m)-dimensional array with shape [s]x[t].

For any valid n-dimensional index i with respect to the input arrays, output[i] will be an m-dimensional array that holds randomly drawn samples from the distribution which is parameterized by the input values at index i. If the shape parameter of the operator is not set, then one sample will be drawn per distribution and the output array has the same shape as the input arrays.

Examples:

low = [ 0.0, 2.5 ]
high = [ 1.0, 3.7 ]

// Draw a single sample for each distribution
sample_uniform(low, high) = [ 0.40451524,  3.18687344]

// Draw a vector containing two samples for each distribution
sample_uniform(low, high, shape=(2)) = [[ 0.40451524,  0.18017688],
                                        [ 3.18687344,  3.68352246]]

Defined in src/operator/random/multisample_op.cc:L277

Parameters:
  • low (Symbol) – Lower bounds of the distributions.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape to be sampled from each random distribution.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • high (Symbol) – Upper bounds of the distributions.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.scatter_nd(data=None, indices=None, shape=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Scatters data into a new tensor according to indices.

Given data with shape (Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}, X_M, ..., X_{N-1}) and indices with shape (M, Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}), the output will have shape (X_0, X_1, ..., X_{N-1}), where M <= N. If M == N, data shape should simply be (Y_0, ..., Y_{K-1}).

The elements in output is defined as follows:

output[indices[0, y_0, ..., y_{K-1}],
       ...,
       indices[M-1, y_0, ..., y_{K-1}],
       x_M, ..., x_{N-1}] = data[y_0, ..., y_{K-1}, x_M, ..., x_{N-1}]

all other entries in output are 0.

Warning

If the indices have duplicates, the result will be non-deterministic and the gradient of scatter_nd will not be correct!!

Examples:

data = [2, 3, 0]
indices = [[1, 1, 0], [0, 1, 0]]
shape = (2, 2)
scatter_nd(data, indices, shape) = [[0, 0], [2, 3]]

data = [[[1, 2], [3, 4]], [[5, 6], [7, 8]]]
indices = [[0, 1], [1, 1]]
shape = (2, 2, 2, 2)
scatter_nd(data, indices, shape) = [[[[0, 0],
                                      [0, 0]],

                                     [[1, 2],
                                      [3, 4]]],

                                    [[[0, 0],
                                      [0, 0]],

                                     [[5, 6],
                                      [7, 8]]]]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – data
  • indices (Symbol) – indices
  • shape (Shape(tuple), required) – Shape of output.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sgd_mom_update(weight=None, grad=None, mom=None, lr=_Null, momentum=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, lazy_update=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Momentum update function for Stochastic Gradient Descent (SGD) optimizer.

Momentum update has better convergence rates on neural networks. Mathematically it looks like below:

\[\begin{split}v_1 = \alpha * \nabla J(W_0)\\ v_t = \gamma v_{t-1} - \alpha * \nabla J(W_{t-1})\\ W_t = W_{t-1} + v_t\end{split}\]

It updates the weights using:

v = momentum * v - learning_rate * gradient
weight += v

Where the parameter momentum is the decay rate of momentum estimates at each epoch.

However, if grad’s storage type is row_sparse, lazy_update is True and weight’s storage type is the same as momentum’s storage type, only the row slices whose indices appear in grad.indices are updated (for both weight and momentum):

for row in gradient.indices:
    v[row] = momentum[row] * v[row] - learning_rate * gradient[row]
    weight[row] += v[row]

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L372

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • mom (Symbol) – Momentum
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0) – The decay rate of momentum estimates at each epoch.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • lazy_update (boolean, optional, default=1) – If true, lazy updates are applied if gradient’s stype is row_sparse and both weight and momentum have the same stype
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sgd_update(weight=None, grad=None, lr=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, lazy_update=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for Stochastic Gradient Descent (SDG) optimizer.

It updates the weights using:

weight = weight - learning_rate * (gradient + wd * weight)

However, if gradient is of row_sparse storage type and lazy_update is True, only the row slices whose indices appear in grad.indices are updated:

for row in gradient.indices:
    weight[row] = weight[row] - learning_rate * (gradient[row] + wd * weight[row])

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L331

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • lazy_update (boolean, optional, default=1) – If true, lazy updates are applied if gradient’s stype is row_sparse.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.shape_array(data=None, lhs_begin=_Null, lhs_end=_Null, rhs_begin=_Null, rhs_end=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns a 1D int64 array containing the shape of data.

Example:

shape_array([[1,2,3,4], [5,6,7,8]]) = [2,4]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L506

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input Array.
  • lhs_begin (int or None, optional, default='None') – Defaults to 0. The beginning index along which the lhs dimensions are to be reshaped. Supports negative indices.
  • lhs_end (int or None, optional, default='None') – Defaults to None. The ending index along which the lhs dimensions are to be used for reshaping. Supports negative indices.
  • rhs_begin (int or None, optional, default='None') – Defaults to 0. The beginning index along which the rhs dimensions are to be used for reshaping. Supports negative indices.
  • rhs_end (int or None, optional, default='None') – Defaults to None. The ending index along which the rhs dimensions are to be used for reshaping. Supports negative indices.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.shuffle(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Randomly shuffle the elements.

This shuffles the array along the first axis. The order of the elements in each subarray does not change. For example, if a 2D array is given, the order of the rows randomly changes, but the order of the elements in each row does not change.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Data to be shuffled.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sigmoid(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes sigmoid of x element-wise.

\[y = 1 / (1 + exp(-x))\]

The storage type of sigmoid output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L101

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sign(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise sign of the input.

Example:

sign([-2, 0, 3]) = [-1, 0, 1]

The storage type of sign output depends upon the input storage type:

  • sign(default) = default
  • sign(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • sign(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L681

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.signsgd_update(weight=None, grad=None, lr=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Update function for SignSGD optimizer.

\[\begin{split}g_t = \nabla J(W_{t-1})\\ W_t = W_{t-1} - \eta_t \text{sign}(g_t)\end{split}\]

It updates the weights using:

weight = weight - learning_rate * sign(gradient)

Note

  • sparse ndarray not supported for this optimizer yet.

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L57

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.signum_update(weight=None, grad=None, mom=None, lr=_Null, momentum=_Null, wd=_Null, rescale_grad=_Null, clip_gradient=_Null, wd_lh=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

SIGN momentUM (Signum) optimizer.

\[\begin{split}g_t = \nabla J(W_{t-1})\\ m_t = \beta m_{t-1} + (1 - \beta) g_t\\ W_t = W_{t-1} - \eta_t \text{sign}(m_t)\end{split}\]
It updates the weights using::
state = momentum * state + (1-momentum) * gradient weight = weight - learning_rate * sign(state)

Where the parameter momentum is the decay rate of momentum estimates at each epoch.

Note

  • sparse ndarray not supported for this optimizer yet.

Defined in src/operator/optimizer_op.cc:L86

Parameters:
  • weight (Symbol) – Weight
  • grad (Symbol) – Gradient
  • mom (Symbol) – Momentum
  • lr (float, required) – Learning rate
  • momentum (float, optional, default=0) – The decay rate of momentum estimates at each epoch.
  • wd (float, optional, default=0) – Weight decay augments the objective function with a regularization term that penalizes large weights. The penalty scales with the square of the magnitude of each weight.
  • rescale_grad (float, optional, default=1) – Rescale gradient to grad = rescale_grad*grad.
  • clip_gradient (float, optional, default=-1) – Clip gradient to the range of [-clip_gradient, clip_gradient] If clip_gradient <= 0, gradient clipping is turned off. grad = max(min(grad, clip_gradient), -clip_gradient).
  • wd_lh (float, optional, default=0) – The amount of weight decay that does not go into gradient/momentum calculationsotherwise do weight decay algorithmically only.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sin(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the element-wise sine of the input array.

The input should be in radians (\(2\pi\) rad equals 360 degrees).

\[sin([0, \pi/4, \pi/2]) = [0, 0.707, 1]\]

The storage type of sin output depends upon the input storage type:

  • sin(default) = default
  • sin(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • sin(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L46

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sinh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the hyperbolic sine of the input array, computed element-wise.

\[sinh(x) = 0.5\times(exp(x) - exp(-x))\]

The storage type of sinh output depends upon the input storage type:

  • sinh(default) = default
  • sinh(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • sinh(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L201

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.size_array(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns a 1D int64 array containing the size of data.

Example:

size_array([[1,2,3,4], [5,6,7,8]]) = [8]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L558

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input Array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.slice(data=None, begin=_Null, end=_Null, step=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Slices a region of the array.

Note

crop is deprecated. Use slice instead.

This function returns a sliced array between the indices given by begin and end with the corresponding step.

For an input array of shape=(d_0, d_1, ..., d_n-1), slice operation with begin=(b_0, b_1...b_m-1), end=(e_0, e_1, ..., e_m-1), and step=(s_0, s_1, ..., s_m-1), where m <= n, results in an array with the shape (|e_0-b_0|/|s_0|, ..., |e_m-1-b_m-1|/|s_m-1|, d_m, ..., d_n-1).

The resulting array’s k-th dimension contains elements from the k-th dimension of the input array starting from index b_k (inclusive) with step s_k until reaching e_k (exclusive).

If the k-th elements are None in the sequence of begin, end, and step, the following rule will be used to set default values. If s_k is None, set s_k=1. If s_k > 0, set b_k=0, e_k=d_k; else, set b_k=d_k-1, e_k=-1.

The storage type of slice output depends on storage types of inputs

  • slice(csr) = csr
  • otherwise, slice generates output with default storage

Note

When input data storage type is csr, it only supports step=(), or step=(None,), or step=(1,) to generate a csr output. For other step parameter values, it falls back to slicing a dense tensor.

Example:

x = [[  1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
     [  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.],
     [  9.,  10.,  11.,  12.]]

slice(x, begin=(0,1), end=(2,4)) = [[ 2.,  3.,  4.],
                                   [ 6.,  7.,  8.]]
slice(x, begin=(None, 0), end=(None, 3), step=(-1, 2)) = [[9., 11.],
                                                          [5.,  7.],
                                                          [1.,  3.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L414

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • begin (Shape(tuple), required) – starting indices for the slice operation, supports negative indices.
  • end (Shape(tuple), required) – ending indices for the slice operation, supports negative indices.
  • step (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – step for the slice operation, supports negative values.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.slice_axis(data=None, axis=_Null, begin=_Null, end=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Slices along a given axis.

Returns an array slice along a given axis starting from the begin index to the end index.

Examples:

x = [[  1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
     [  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.],
     [  9.,  10.,  11.,  12.]]

slice_axis(x, axis=0, begin=1, end=3) = [[  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.],
                                         [  9.,  10.,  11.,  12.]]

slice_axis(x, axis=1, begin=0, end=2) = [[  1.,   2.],
                                         [  5.,   6.],
                                         [  9.,  10.]]

slice_axis(x, axis=1, begin=-3, end=-1) = [[  2.,   3.],
                                           [  6.,   7.],
                                           [ 10.,  11.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L501

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • axis (int, required) – Axis along which to be sliced, supports negative indexes.
  • begin (int, required) – The beginning index along the axis to be sliced, supports negative indexes.
  • end (int or None, required) – The ending index along the axis to be sliced, supports negative indexes.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.slice_like(data=None, shape_like=None, axes=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Slices a region of the array like the shape of another array.

This function is similar to slice, however, the begin are always 0`s and `end of specific axes are inferred from the second input shape_like.

Given the second shape_like input of shape=(d_0, d_1, ..., d_n-1), a slice_like operator with default empty axes, it performs the following operation:

`` out = slice(input, begin=(0, 0, ..., 0), end=(d_0, d_1, ..., d_n-1))``.

When axes is not empty, it is used to speficy which axes are being sliced.

Given a 4-d input data, slice_like operator with axes=(0, 2, -1) will perform the following operation:

`` out = slice(input, begin=(0, 0, 0, 0), end=(d_0, None, d_2, d_3))``.

Note that it is allowed to have first and second input with different dimensions, however, you have to make sure the axes are specified and not exceeding the dimension limits.

For example, given input_1 with shape=(2,3,4,5) and input_2 with shape=(1,2,3), it is not allowed to use:

`` out = slice_like(a, b)`` because ndim of input_1 is 4, and ndim of input_2 is 3.

The following is allowed in this situation:

`` out = slice_like(a, b, axes=(0, 2))``

Example:

x = [[  1.,   2.,   3.,   4.],
     [  5.,   6.,   7.,   8.],
     [  9.,  10.,  11.,  12.]]

y = [[  0.,   0.,   0.],
     [  0.,   0.,   0.]]

slice_like(x, y) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.]
                    [ 5.,  6.,  7.]]
slice_like(x, y, axes=(0, 1)) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.]
                                 [ 5.,  6.,  7.]]
slice_like(x, y, axes=(0)) = [[ 1.,  2.,  3.,  4.]
                              [ 5.,  6.,  7.,  8.]]
slice_like(x, y, axes=(-1)) = [[  1.,   2.,   3.]
                               [  5.,   6.,   7.]
                               [  9.,  10.,  11.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L570

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • shape_like (Symbol) – Shape like input
  • axes (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – List of axes on which input data will be sliced according to the corresponding size of the second input. By default will slice on all axes. Negative axes are supported.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.smooth_l1(data=None, scalar=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Calculate Smooth L1 Loss(lhs, scalar) by summing

\[\begin{split}f(x) = \begin{cases} (\sigma x)^2/2,& \text{if }x < 1/\sigma^2\\ |x|-0.5/\sigma^2,& \text{otherwise} \end{cases}\end{split}\]

where \(x\) is an element of the tensor lhs and \(\sigma\) is the scalar.

Example:

smooth_l1([1, 2, 3, 4]) = [0.5, 1.5, 2.5, 3.5]
smooth_l1([1, 2, 3, 4], scalar=1) = [0.5, 1.5, 2.5, 3.5]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_binary_scalar_op_extended.cc:L104

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – source input
  • scalar (float) – scalar input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.softmax(data=None, axis=_Null, temperature=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies the softmax function.

The resulting array contains elements in the range (0,1) and the elements along the given axis sum up to 1.

\[softmax(\mathbf{z/t})_j = \frac{e^{z_j/t}}{\sum_{k=1}^K e^{z_k/t}}\]

for \(j = 1, ..., K\)

t is the temperature parameter in softmax function. By default, t equals 1.0

Example:

x = [[ 1.  1.  1.]
     [ 1.  1.  1.]]

softmax(x,axis=0) = [[ 0.5  0.5  0.5]
                     [ 0.5  0.5  0.5]]

softmax(x,axis=1) = [[ 0.33333334,  0.33333334,  0.33333334],
                     [ 0.33333334,  0.33333334,  0.33333334]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/softmax.cc:L93

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • axis (int, optional, default='-1') – The axis along which to compute softmax.
  • temperature (double or None, optional, default=None) – Temperature parameter in softmax
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.softmax_cross_entropy(data=None, label=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Calculate cross entropy of softmax output and one-hot label.

  • This operator computes the cross entropy in two steps: - Applies softmax function on the input array. - Computes and returns the cross entropy loss between the softmax output and the labels.

  • The softmax function and cross entropy loss is given by:

    • Softmax Function:
    \[\text{softmax}(x)_i = \frac{exp(x_i)}{\sum_j exp(x_j)}\]
    • Cross Entropy Function:
    \[\text{CE(label, output)} = - \sum_i \text{label}_i \log(\text{output}_i)\]

Example:

x = [[1, 2, 3],
     [11, 7, 5]]

label = [2, 0]

softmax(x) = [[0.09003057, 0.24472848, 0.66524094],
              [0.97962922, 0.01794253, 0.00242826]]

softmax_cross_entropy(data, label) = - log(0.66524084) - log(0.97962922) = 0.4281871

Defined in src/operator/loss_binary_op.cc:L59

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data
  • label (Symbol) – Input label
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.softmin(data=None, axis=_Null, temperature=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Applies the softmin function.

The resulting array contains elements in the range (0,1) and the elements along the given axis sum up to 1.

\[softmin(\mathbf{z/t})_j = \frac{e^{-z_j/t}}{\sum_{k=1}^K e^{-z_k/t}}\]

for \(j = 1, ..., K\)

t is the temperature parameter in softmax function. By default, t equals 1.0

Example:

x = [[ 1.  2.  3.]
     [ 3.  2.  1.]]

softmin(x,axis=0) = [[ 0.88079703,  0.5,  0.11920292],
                     [ 0.11920292,  0.5,  0.88079703]]

softmin(x,axis=1) = [[ 0.66524094,  0.24472848,  0.09003057],
                     [ 0.09003057,  0.24472848,  0.66524094]]

Defined in src/operator/nn/softmax.cc:L137

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • axis (int, optional, default='-1') – The axis along which to compute softmax.
  • temperature (double or None, optional, default=None) – Temperature parameter in softmax
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.softsign(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes softsign of x element-wise.

\[y = x / (1 + abs(x))\]

The storage type of softsign output is always dense

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L145

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sort(data=None, axis=_Null, is_ascend=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns a sorted copy of an input array along the given axis.

Examples:

x = [[ 1, 4],
     [ 3, 1]]

// sorts along the last axis
sort(x) = [[ 1.,  4.],
           [ 1.,  3.]]

// flattens and then sorts
sort(x) = [ 1.,  1.,  3.,  4.]

// sorts along the first axis
sort(x, axis=0) = [[ 1.,  1.],
                   [ 3.,  4.]]

// in a descend order
sort(x, is_ascend=0) = [[ 4.,  1.],
                        [ 3.,  1.]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/ordering_op.cc:L127

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='-1') – Axis along which to choose sort the input tensor. If not given, the flattened array is used. Default is -1.
  • is_ascend (boolean, optional, default=1) – Whether to sort in ascending or descending order.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.space_to_depth(data=None, block_size=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Rearranges(permutes) blocks of spatial data into depth. Similar to ONNX SpaceToDepth operator: https://github.com/onnx/onnx/blob/master/docs/Operators.md#SpaceToDepth

The output is a new tensor where the values from height and width dimension are moved to the depth dimension. The reverse of this operation is depth_to_space.

\[\begin{split}\begin{gather*} x \prime = reshape(x, [N, C, H / block\_size, block\_size, W / block\_size, block\_size]) \\ x \prime \prime = transpose(x \prime, [0, 3, 5, 1, 2, 4]) \\ y = reshape(x \prime \prime, [N, C * (block\_size ^ 2), H / block\_size, W / block\_size]) \end{gather*}\end{split}\]

where \(x\) is an input tensor with default layout as \([N, C, H, W]\): [batch, channels, height, width] and \(y\) is the output tensor of layout \([N, C * (block\_size ^ 2), H / block\_size, W / block\_size]\)

Example:

x = [[[[0, 6, 1, 7, 2, 8],
       [12, 18, 13, 19, 14, 20],
       [3, 9, 4, 10, 5, 11],
       [15, 21, 16, 22, 17, 23]]]]


space_to_depth(x, 2) = [[[[0, 1, 2],
                          [3, 4, 5]],
                         [[6, 7, 8],
                          [9, 10, 11]],
                         [[12, 13, 14],
                          [15, 16, 17]],
                         [[18, 19, 20],
                          [21, 22, 23]]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L1000

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input ndarray
  • block_size (int, required) – Blocks of [block_size. block_size] are moved
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.split(data=None, num_outputs=_Null, axis=_Null, squeeze_axis=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Splits an array along a particular axis into multiple sub-arrays.

Note

SliceChannel is deprecated. Use split instead.

Note that num_outputs should evenly divide the length of the axis along which to split the array.

Example:

x  = [[[ 1.]
       [ 2.]]
      [[ 3.]
       [ 4.]]
      [[ 5.]
       [ 6.]]]
x.shape = (3, 2, 1)

y = split(x, axis=1, num_outputs=2) // a list of 2 arrays with shape (3, 1, 1)
y = [[[ 1.]]
     [[ 3.]]
     [[ 5.]]]

    [[[ 2.]]
     [[ 4.]]
     [[ 6.]]]

y[0].shape = (3, 1, 1)

z = split(x, axis=0, num_outputs=3) // a list of 3 arrays with shape (1, 2, 1)
z = [[[ 1.]
      [ 2.]]]

    [[[ 3.]
      [ 4.]]]

    [[[ 5.]
      [ 6.]]]

z[0].shape = (1, 2, 1)

squeeze_axis=1 removes the axis with length 1 from the shapes of the output arrays. Note that setting squeeze_axis to 1 removes axis with length 1 only along the axis which it is split. Also squeeze_axis can be set to true only if input.shape[axis] == num_outputs.

Example:

z = split(x, axis=0, num_outputs=3, squeeze_axis=1) // a list of 3 arrays with shape (2, 1)
z = [[ 1.]
     [ 2.]]

    [[ 3.]
     [ 4.]]

    [[ 5.]
     [ 6.]]
z[0].shape = (2 ,1 )

Defined in src/operator/slice_channel.cc:L107

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • num_outputs (int, required) – Number of splits. Note that this should evenly divide the length of the axis.
  • axis (int, optional, default='1') – Axis along which to split.
  • squeeze_axis (boolean, optional, default=0) – If true, Removes the axis with length 1 from the shapes of the output arrays. Note that setting squeeze_axis to true removes axis with length 1 only along the axis which it is split. Also squeeze_axis can be set to true only if input.shape[axis] == num_outputs.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sqrt(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise square-root value of the input.

\[\textrm{sqrt}(x) = \sqrt{x}\]

Example:

sqrt([4, 9, 16]) = [2, 3, 4]

The storage type of sqrt output depends upon the input storage type:

  • sqrt(default) = default
  • sqrt(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • sqrt(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L840

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.square(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns element-wise squared value of the input.

\[square(x) = x^2\]

Example:

square([2, 3, 4]) = [4, 9, 16]

The storage type of square output depends upon the input storage type:

  • square(default) = default
  • square(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • square(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L817

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.squeeze(*data, **kwargs)

Remove single-dimensional entries from the shape of an array. Same behavior of defining the output tensor shape as numpy.squeeze for the most of cases. See the following note for exception.

Examples:

data = [[[0], [1], [2]]]
squeeze(data) = [0, 1, 2]
squeeze(data, axis=0) = [[0], [1], [2]]
squeeze(data, axis=2) = [[0, 1, 2]]
squeeze(data, axis=(0, 2)) = [0, 1, 2]

Note

The output of this operator will keep at least one dimension not removed. For example, squeeze([[[4]]]) = [4], while in numpy.squeeze, the output will become a scalar.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – data to squeeze
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) – Selects a subset of the single-dimensional entries in the shape. If an axis is selected with shape entry greater than one, an error is raised.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.stack(*data, **kwargs)

Join a sequence of arrays along a new axis.

The axis parameter specifies the index of the new axis in the dimensions of the result. For example, if axis=0 it will be the first dimension and if axis=-1 it will be the last dimension.

Examples:

x = [1, 2]
y = [3, 4]

stack(x, y) = [[1, 2],
               [3, 4]]
stack(x, y, axis=1) = [[1, 3],
                       [2, 4]]

This function support variable length of positional input.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol[]) – List of arrays to stack
  • axis (int, optional, default='0') – The axis in the result array along which the input arrays are stacked.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.stop_gradient(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Stops gradient computation.

Stops the accumulated gradient of the inputs from flowing through this operator in the backward direction. In other words, this operator prevents the contribution of its inputs to be taken into account for computing gradients.

Example:

v1 = [1, 2]
v2 = [0, 1]
a = Variable('a')
b = Variable('b')
b_stop_grad = stop_gradient(3 * b)
loss = MakeLoss(b_stop_grad + a)

executor = loss.simple_bind(ctx=cpu(), a=(1,2), b=(1,2))
executor.forward(is_train=True, a=v1, b=v2)
executor.outputs
[ 1.  5.]

executor.backward()
executor.grad_arrays
[ 0.  0.]
[ 1.  1.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L267

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sum(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the sum of array elements over given axes.

Note

sum and sum_axis are equivalent. For ndarray of csr storage type summation along axis 0 and axis 1 is supported. Setting keepdims or exclude to True will cause a fallback to dense operator.

Example:

data = [[[1, 2], [2, 3], [1, 3]],
        [[1, 4], [4, 3], [5, 2]],
        [[7, 1], [7, 2], [7, 3]]]

sum(data, axis=1)
[[  4.   8.]
 [ 10.   9.]
 [ 21.   6.]]

sum(data, axis=[1,2])
[ 12.  19.  27.]

data = [[1, 2, 0],
        [3, 0, 1],
        [4, 1, 0]]

csr = cast_storage(data, 'csr')

sum(csr, axis=0)
[ 8.  3.  1.]

sum(csr, axis=1)
[ 3.  4.  5.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L116

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.sum_axis(data=None, axis=_Null, keepdims=_Null, exclude=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the sum of array elements over given axes.

Note

sum and sum_axis are equivalent. For ndarray of csr storage type summation along axis 0 and axis 1 is supported. Setting keepdims or exclude to True will cause a fallback to dense operator.

Example:

data = [[[1, 2], [2, 3], [1, 3]],
        [[1, 4], [4, 3], [5, 2]],
        [[7, 1], [7, 2], [7, 3]]]

sum(data, axis=1)
[[  4.   8.]
 [ 10.   9.]
 [ 21.   6.]]

sum(data, axis=[1,2])
[ 12.  19.  27.]

data = [[1, 2, 0],
        [3, 0, 1],
        [4, 1, 0]]

csr = cast_storage(data, 'csr')

sum(csr, axis=0)
[ 8.  3.  1.]

sum(csr, axis=1)
[ 3.  4.  5.]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/broadcast_reduce_op_value.cc:L116

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • axis (Shape or None, optional, default=None) –

    The axis or axes along which to perform the reduction.

    The default, axis=(), will compute over all elements into a scalar array with shape (1,).

    If axis is int, a reduction is performed on a particular axis.

    If axis is a tuple of ints, a reduction is performed on all the axes specified in the tuple.

    If exclude is true, reduction will be performed on the axes that are NOT in axis instead.

    Negative values means indexing from right to left.

  • keepdims (boolean, optional, default=0) – If this is set to True, the reduced axes are left in the result as dimension with size one.
  • exclude (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to perform reduction on axis that are NOT in axis instead.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.swapaxes(data=None, dim1=_Null, dim2=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Interchanges two axes of an array.

Examples:

 x = [[1, 2, 3]])
 swapaxes(x, 0, 1) = [[ 1],
                      [ 2],
                      [ 3]]

 x = [[[ 0, 1],
       [ 2, 3]],
      [[ 4, 5],
       [ 6, 7]]]  // (2,2,2) array

swapaxes(x, 0, 2) = [[[ 0, 4],
                      [ 2, 6]],
                     [[ 1, 5],
                      [ 3, 7]]]

Defined in src/operator/swapaxis.cc:L70

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input array.
  • dim1 (int (non-negative), optional, default=0) – the first axis to be swapped.
  • dim2 (int (non-negative), optional, default=0) – the second axis to be swapped.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.take(a=None, indices=None, axis=_Null, mode=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Takes elements from an input array along the given axis.

This function slices the input array along a particular axis with the provided indices.

Given data tensor of rank r >= 1, and indices tensor of rank q, gather entries of the axis dimension of data (by default outer-most one as axis=0) indexed by indices, and concatenates them in an output tensor of rank q + (r - 1).

Examples:

x = [4.  5.  6.]

// Trivial case, take the second element along the first axis.

take(x, [1]) = [ 5. ]

// The other trivial case, axis=-1, take the third element along the first axis

take(x, [3], axis=-1, mode='clip') = [ 6. ]

x = [[ 1.,  2.],
     [ 3.,  4.],
     [ 5.,  6.]]

// In this case we will get rows 0 and 1, then 1 and 2. Along axis 0

take(x, [[0,1],[1,2]]) = [[[ 1.,  2.],
                           [ 3.,  4.]],

                          [[ 3.,  4.],
                           [ 5.,  6.]]]

// In this case we will get rows 0 and 1, then 1 and 2 (calculated by wrapping around).
// Along axis 1

take(x, [[0, 3], [-1, -2]], axis=1, mode='wrap') = [[[ 1.,  2.],
                                                     [ 3.,  4.]],

                                                    [[ 3.,  4.],
                                                     [ 5.,  6.]]]

The storage type of take output depends upon the input storage type:

  • take(default, default) = default
  • take(csr, default, axis=0) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/indexing_op.cc:L692

Parameters:
  • a (Symbol) – The input array.
  • indices (Symbol) – The indices of the values to be extracted.
  • axis (int, optional, default='0') – The axis of input array to be taken.For input tensor of rank r, it could be in the range of [-r, r-1]
  • mode ({'clip', 'raise', 'wrap'},optional, default='clip') – Specify how out-of-bound indices bahave. Default is “clip”. “clip” means clip to the range. So, if all indices mentioned are too large, they are replaced by the index that addresses the last element along an axis. “wrap” means to wrap around. “raise” means to raise an error, not supported yet.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.tan(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Computes the element-wise tangent of the input array.

The input should be in radians (\(2\pi\) rad equals 360 degrees).

\[tan([0, \pi/4, \pi/2]) = [0, 1, -inf]\]

The storage type of tan output depends upon the input storage type:

  • tan(default) = default
  • tan(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • tan(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L83

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.tanh(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Returns the hyperbolic tangent of the input array, computed element-wise.

\[tanh(x) = sinh(x) / cosh(x)\]

The storage type of tanh output depends upon the input storage type:

  • tanh(default) = default
  • tanh(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • tanh(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_trig.cc:L234

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.tile(data=None, reps=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Repeats the whole array multiple times.

If reps has length d, and input array has dimension of n. There are three cases:

  • n=d. Repeat i-th dimension of the input by reps[i] times:

    x = [[1, 2],
         [3, 4]]
    
    tile(x, reps=(2,3)) = [[ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                           [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.],
                           [ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                           [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.]]
    
  • n>d. reps is promoted to length n by pre-pending 1’s to it. Thus for an input shape (2,3), repos=(2,) is treated as (1,2):

    tile(x, reps=(2,)) = [[ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                          [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.]]
    
  • n. The input is promoted to be d-dimensional by prepending new axes. So a shape (2,2) array is promoted to (1,2,2) for 3-D replication:

    tile(x, reps=(2,2,3)) = [[[ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                              [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.],
                              [ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                              [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.]],
    
                             [[ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                              [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.],
                              [ 1.,  2.,  1.,  2.,  1.,  2.],
                              [ 3.,  4.,  3.,  4.,  3.,  4.]]]
    

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L753

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Input data array
  • reps (Shape(tuple), required) – The number of times for repeating the tensor a. Each dim size of reps must be a positive integer. If reps has length d, the result will have dimension of max(d, a.ndim); If a.ndim < d, a is promoted to be d-dimensional by prepending new axes. If a.ndim > d, reps is promoted to a.ndim by pre-pending 1’s to it.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.topk(data=None, axis=_Null, k=_Null, ret_typ=_Null, is_ascend=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)
Returns the top k elements in an input array along the given axis.
The returned elements will be sorted.

Examples:

x = [[ 0.3,  0.2,  0.4],
     [ 0.1,  0.3,  0.2]]

// returns an index of the largest element on last axis
topk(x) = [[ 2.],
           [ 1.]]

// returns the value of top-2 largest elements on last axis
topk(x, ret_typ='value', k=2) = [[ 0.4,  0.3],
                                 [ 0.3,  0.2]]

// returns the value of top-2 smallest elements on last axis
topk(x, ret_typ='value', k=2, is_ascend=1) = [[ 0.2 ,  0.3],
                                             [ 0.1 ,  0.2]]

// returns the value of top-2 largest elements on axis 0
topk(x, axis=0, ret_typ='value', k=2) = [[ 0.3,  0.3,  0.4],
                                         [ 0.1,  0.2,  0.2]]

// flattens and then returns list of both values and indices
topk(x, ret_typ='both', k=2) = [[[ 0.4,  0.3], [ 0.3,  0.2]] ,  [[ 2.,  0.], [ 1.,  2.]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/ordering_op.cc:L64

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array
  • axis (int or None, optional, default='-1') – Axis along which to choose the top k indices. If not given, the flattened array is used. Default is -1.
  • k (int, optional, default='1') – Number of top elements to select, should be always smaller than or equal to the element number in the given axis. A global sort is performed if set k < 1.
  • ret_typ ({'both', 'indices', 'mask', 'value'},optional, default='indices') – The return type. “value” means to return the top k values, “indices” means to return the indices of the top k values, “mask” means to return a mask array containing 0 and 1. 1 means the top k values. “both” means to return a list of both values and indices of top k elements.
  • is_ascend (boolean, optional, default=0) – Whether to choose k largest or k smallest elements. Top K largest elements will be chosen if set to false.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64', 'int32', 'uint8'},optional, default='float32') – DType of the output indices when ret_typ is “indices” or “both”. An error will be raised if the selected data type cannot precisely represent the indices.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.transpose(data=None, axes=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Permutes the dimensions of an array.

Examples:

x = [[ 1, 2],
     [ 3, 4]]

transpose(x) = [[ 1.,  3.],
                [ 2.,  4.]]

x = [[[ 1.,  2.],
      [ 3.,  4.]],

     [[ 5.,  6.],
      [ 7.,  8.]]]

transpose(x) = [[[ 1.,  5.],
                 [ 3.,  7.]],

                [[ 2.,  6.],
                 [ 4.,  8.]]]

transpose(x, axes=(1,0,2)) = [[[ 1.,  2.],
                               [ 5.,  6.]],

                              [[ 3.,  4.],
                               [ 7.,  8.]]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/matrix_op.cc:L312

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Source input
  • axes (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Target axis order. By default the axes will be inverted.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.trunc(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Return the element-wise truncated value of the input.

The truncated value of the scalar x is the nearest integer i which is closer to zero than x is. In short, the fractional part of the signed number x is discarded.

Example:

trunc([-2.1, -1.9, 1.5, 1.9, 2.1]) = [-2., -1.,  1.,  1.,  2.]

The storage type of trunc output depends upon the input storage type:

  • trunc(default) = default
  • trunc(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • trunc(csr) = csr

Defined in src/operator/tensor/elemwise_unary_op_basic.cc:L779

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input array.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.uniform(low=_Null, high=_Null, shape=_Null, ctx=_Null, dtype=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a uniform distribution.

Note

The existing alias uniform is deprecated.

Samples are uniformly distributed over the half-open interval [low, high) (includes low, but excludes high).

Example:

uniform(low=0, high=1, shape=(2,2)) = [[ 0.60276335,  0.85794562],
                                       [ 0.54488319,  0.84725171]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L96

Parameters:
  • low (float, optional, default=0) – Lower bound of the distribution.
  • high (float, optional, default=1) – Upper bound of the distribution.
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the output.
  • ctx (string, optional, default='') – Context of output, in format [cpu|gpu|cpu_pinned](n). Only used for imperative calls.
  • dtype ({'None', 'float16', 'float32', 'float64'},optional, default='None') – DType of the output in case this can’t be inferred. Defaults to float32 if not defined (dtype=None).
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.unravel_index(data=None, shape=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Converts an array of flat indices into a batch of index arrays. The operator follows numpy conventions so a single multi index is given by a column of the output matrix.

Examples:

A = [22,41,37]
unravel(A, shape=(7,6)) = [[3,6,6],[4,5,1]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/ravel.cc:L65

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – Array of flat indices
  • shape (Shape(tuple), optional, default=[]) – Shape of the array into which the multi-indices apply.
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.where(condition=None, x=None, y=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Return the elements, either from x or y, depending on the condition.

Given three ndarrays, condition, x, and y, return an ndarray with the elements from x or y, depending on the elements from condition are true or false. x and y must have the same shape. If condition has the same shape as x, each element in the output array is from x if the corresponding element in the condition is true, and from y if false.

If condition does not have the same shape as x, it must be a 1D array whose size is the same as x’s first dimension size. Each row of the output array is from x’s row if the corresponding element from condition is true, and from y’s row if false.

Note that all non-zero values are interpreted as True in condition.

Examples:

x = [[1, 2], [3, 4]]
y = [[5, 6], [7, 8]]
cond = [[0, 1], [-1, 0]]

where(cond, x, y) = [[5, 2], [3, 8]]

csr_cond = cast_storage(cond, 'csr')

where(csr_cond, x, y) = [[5, 2], [3, 8]]

Defined in src/operator/tensor/control_flow_op.cc:L57

Parameters:
  • condition (Symbol) – condition array
  • x (Symbol) –
  • y (Symbol) –
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.zeros_like(data=None, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Return an array of zeros with the same shape, type and storage type as the input array.

The storage type of zeros_like output depends on the storage type of the input

  • zeros_like(row_sparse) = row_sparse
  • zeros_like(csr) = csr
  • zeros_like(default) = default

Examples:

x = [[ 1.,  1.,  1.],
     [ 1.,  1.,  1.]]

zeros_like(x) = [[ 0.,  0.,  0.],
                 [ 0.,  0.,  0.]]
Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.var(name, attr=None, shape=None, lr_mult=None, wd_mult=None, dtype=None, init=None, stype=None, **kwargs)[source]

Creates a symbolic variable with specified name.

Example

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data', attr={'a': 'b'})
>>> data

>>> csr_data = mx.sym.Variable('csr_data', stype='csr')
>>> csr_data

>>> row_sparse_weight = mx.sym.Variable('weight', stype='row_sparse')
>>> row_sparse_weight

Parameters:
  • name (str) – Variable name.
  • attr (Dict of strings) – Additional attributes to set on the variable. Format {string : string}.
  • shape (tuple) – The shape of a variable. If specified, this will be used during the shape inference. If one has specified a different shape for this variable using a keyword argument when calling shape inference, this shape information will be ignored.
  • lr_mult (float) – The learning rate multiplier for input variable.
  • wd_mult (float) – Weight decay multiplier for input variable.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype) – The dtype for input variable. If not specified, this value will be inferred.
  • init (initializer (mxnet.init.*)) – Initializer for this variable to (optionally) override the default initializer.
  • stype (str) – The storage type of the variable, such as ‘row_sparse’, ‘csr’, ‘default’, etc
  • kwargs (Additional attribute variables) – Additional attributes must start and end with double underscores.
Returns:

variable – A symbol corresponding to an input to the computation graph.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Variable(name, attr=None, shape=None, lr_mult=None, wd_mult=None, dtype=None, init=None, stype=None, **kwargs)

Creates a symbolic variable with specified name.

Example

>>> data = mx.sym.Variable('data', attr={'a': 'b'})
>>> data

>>> csr_data = mx.sym.Variable('csr_data', stype='csr')
>>> csr_data

>>> row_sparse_weight = mx.sym.Variable('weight', stype='row_sparse')
>>> row_sparse_weight

Parameters:
  • name (str) – Variable name.
  • attr (Dict of strings) – Additional attributes to set on the variable. Format {string : string}.
  • shape (tuple) – The shape of a variable. If specified, this will be used during the shape inference. If one has specified a different shape for this variable using a keyword argument when calling shape inference, this shape information will be ignored.
  • lr_mult (float) – The learning rate multiplier for input variable.
  • wd_mult (float) – Weight decay multiplier for input variable.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype) – The dtype for input variable. If not specified, this value will be inferred.
  • init (initializer (mxnet.init.*)) – Initializer for this variable to (optionally) override the default initializer.
  • stype (str) – The storage type of the variable, such as ‘row_sparse’, ‘csr’, ‘default’, etc
  • kwargs (Additional attribute variables) – Additional attributes must start and end with double underscores.
Returns:

variable – A symbol corresponding to an input to the computation graph.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.Group(symbols)[source]

Creates a symbol that contains a collection of other symbols, grouped together.

Example

>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.Variable('b')
>>> mx.sym.Group([a,b])

Parameters:symbols (list) – List of symbols to be grouped.
Returns:sym – A group symbol.
Return type:Symbol
mxnet.symbol.load(fname)[source]

Loads symbol from a JSON file.

You can also use pickle to do the job if you only work on python. The advantage of load/save is the file is language agnostic. This means the file saved using save can be loaded by other language binding of mxnet. You also get the benefit being able to directly load/save from cloud storage(S3, HDFS).

Parameters:fname (str) –

The name of the file, examples:

  • s3://my-bucket/path/my-s3-symbol
  • hdfs://my-bucket/path/my-hdfs-symbol
  • /path-to/my-local-symbol
Returns:sym – The loaded symbol.
Return type:Symbol

See also

Symbol.save()
Used to save symbol into file.
mxnet.symbol.load_json(json_str)[source]

Loads symbol from json string.

Parameters:json_str (str) – A JSON string.
Returns:sym – The loaded symbol.
Return type:Symbol

See also

Symbol.tojson()
Used to save symbol into json string.
mxnet.symbol.pow(base, exp)[source]

Returns element-wise result of base element raised to powers from exp element.

Both inputs can be Symbol or scalar number. Broadcasting is not supported. Use broadcast_pow instead.

Parameters:
  • base (Symbol or scalar) – The base symbol
  • exp (Symbol or scalar) – The exponent symbol
Returns:

The bases in x raised to the exponents in y.

Return type:

Symbol or scalar

Examples

>>> mx.sym.pow(2, 3)
8
>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.Variable('y')
>>> z = mx.sym.pow(x, 2)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([1,2]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 1.,  4.], dtype=float32)
>>> z = mx.sym.pow(3, y)
>>> z.eval(y=mx.nd.array([2,3]))[0].asnumpy()
array([  9.,  27.], dtype=float32)
>>> z = mx.sym.pow(x, y)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,4]), y=mx.nd.array([2,3]))[0].asnumpy()
array([  9.,  64.], dtype=float32)
mxnet.symbol.maximum(left, right)[source]

Returns element-wise maximum of the input elements.

Both inputs can be Symbol or scalar number. Broadcasting is not supported.

Parameters:
  • left (Symbol or scalar) – First symbol to be compared.
  • right (Symbol or scalar) – Second symbol to be compared.
Returns:

The element-wise maximum of the input symbols.

Return type:

Symbol or scalar

Examples

>>> mx.sym.maximum(2, 3.5)
3.5
>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.Variable('y')
>>> z = mx.sym.maximum(x, 4)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,5,2,10]))[0].asnumpy()
array([  4.,   5.,   4.,  10.], dtype=float32)
>>> z = mx.sym.maximum(x, y)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,4]), y=mx.nd.array([10,2]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 10.,   4.], dtype=float32)
mxnet.symbol.minimum(left, right)[source]

Returns element-wise minimum of the input elements.

Both inputs can be Symbol or scalar number. Broadcasting is not supported.

Parameters:
  • left (Symbol or scalar) – First symbol to be compared.
  • right (Symbol or scalar) – Second symbol to be compared.
Returns:

The element-wise minimum of the input symbols.

Return type:

Symbol or scalar

Examples

>>> mx.sym.minimum(2, 3.5)
2
>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.Variable('y')
>>> z = mx.sym.minimum(x, 4)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,5,2,10]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 3.,  4.,  2.,  4.], dtype=float32)
>>> z = mx.sym.minimum(x, y)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,4]), y=mx.nd.array([10,2]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 3.,  2.], dtype=float32)
mxnet.symbol.hypot(left, right)[source]

Given the “legs” of a right triangle, returns its hypotenuse.

Equivalent to \(\sqrt(left^2 + right^2)\), element-wise. Both inputs can be Symbol or scalar number. Broadcasting is not supported.

Parameters:
  • left (Symbol or scalar) – First leg of the triangle(s).
  • right (Symbol or scalar) – Second leg of the triangle(s).
Returns:

The hypotenuse of the triangle(s)

Return type:

Symbol or scalar

Examples

>>> mx.sym.hypot(3, 4)
5.0
>>> x = mx.sym.Variable('x')
>>> y = mx.sym.Variable('y')
>>> z = mx.sym.hypot(x, 4)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,5,2]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 5.,  6.40312433,  4.47213602], dtype=float32)
>>> z = mx.sym.hypot(x, y)
>>> z.eval(x=mx.nd.array([3,4]), y=mx.nd.array([10,2]))[0].asnumpy()
array([ 10.44030666,   4.47213602], dtype=float32)
mxnet.symbol.eye(N, M=0, k=0, dtype=None, **kwargs)[source]

Returns a new symbol of 2-D shpae, filled with ones on the diagonal and zeros elsewhere.

Parameters:
  • N (int) – Number of rows in the output.
  • M (int, optional) – Number of columns in the output. If 0, defaults to N.
  • k (int, optional) – Index of the diagonal: 0 (the default) refers to the main diagonal, a positive value refers to an upper diagonal, and a negative value to a lower diagonal.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – The value type of the inner value, default to np.float32.
Returns:

out – The created Symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.zeros(shape, dtype=None, **kwargs)[source]

Returns a new symbol of given shape and type, filled with zeros.

Parameters:
  • shape (int or sequence of ints) – Shape of the new array.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – The value type of the inner value, default to np.float32.
Returns:

out – The created Symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.ones(shape, dtype=None, **kwargs)[source]

Returns a new symbol of given shape and type, filled with ones.

Parameters:
  • shape (int or sequence of ints) – Shape of the new array.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – The value type of the inner value, default to np.float32.
Returns:

out – The created Symbol

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.full(shape, val, dtype=None, **kwargs)[source]

Returns a new array of given shape and type, filled with the given value val.

Parameters:
  • shape (int or sequence of ints) – Shape of the new array.
  • val (scalar) – Fill value.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – The value type of the inner value, default to np.float32.
Returns:

out – The created Symbol

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.arange(start, stop=None, step=1.0, repeat=1, infer_range=False, name=None, dtype=None)[source]

Returns evenly spaced values within a given interval.

Parameters:
  • start (number) – Start of interval. The interval includes this value. The default start value is 0.
  • stop (number, optional) – End of interval. The interval does not include this value.
  • step (number, optional) – Spacing between values.
  • repeat (int, optional) – “The repeating time of all elements. E.g repeat=3, the element a will be repeated three times –> a, a, a.
  • infer_range (boolean, optional) – When set to True, infer the stop position from the start, step, repeat, and output tensor size.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – The value type of the inner value, default to np.float32.
Returns:

out – The created Symbol

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.histogram(a, bins=10, range=None, **kwargs)[source]

Compute the histogram of the input data.

Parameters:
  • a (NDArray) – Input data. The histogram is computed over the flattened array.
  • bins (int or sequence of scalars) – If bins is an int, it defines the number of equal-width bins in the given range (10, by default). If bins is a sequence, it defines the bin edges, including the rightmost edge, allowing for non-uniform bin widths.
  • range ((float, float), required if bins is an integer) – The lower and upper range of the bins. If not provided, range is simply (a.min(), a.max()). Values outside the range are ignored. The first element of the range must be less than or equal to the second. range affects the automatic bin computation as well, the range will be equally divided by the number of bins.

Random distribution generator Symbol API of MXNet.

mxnet.symbol.random.uniform(low=0, high=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a uniform distribution.

Samples are uniformly distributed over the half-open interval [low, high) (includes low, but excludes high).

Parameters:
  • low (float or Symbol, optional) – Lower boundary of the output interval. All values generated will be greater than or equal to low. The default value is 0.
  • high (float or Symbol, optional) – Upper boundary of the output interval. All values generated will be less than high. The default value is 1.0.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and low and high are scalars, output shape will be (m, n). If low and high are Symbols with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each [low, high) pair.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.normal(loc=0, scale=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a normal (Gaussian) distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a normal distribution parametrized by loc (mean) and scale (standard deviation).

Parameters:
  • loc (float or Symbol, optional) – Mean (centre) of the distribution.
  • scale (float or Symbol, optional) – Standard deviation (spread or width) of the distribution.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and loc and scale are scalars, output shape will be (m, n). If loc and scale are Symbols with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each [loc, scale) pair.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.poisson(lam=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a Poisson distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a Poisson distribution parametrized by lambda (rate). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Parameters:
  • lam (float or Symbol, optional) – Expectation of interval, should be >= 0.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and lam is a scalar, output shape will be (m, n). If lam is an Symbol with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each entry in lam.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.exponential(scale=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw samples from an exponential distribution.

Its probability density function is

\[f(x; \frac{1}{\beta}) = \frac{1}{\beta} \exp(-\frac{x}{\beta}),\]

for x > 0 and 0 elsewhere. beta is the scale parameter, which is the inverse of the rate parameter lambda = 1/beta.

Parameters:
  • scale (float or Symbol, optional) – The scale parameter, beta = 1/lambda.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and scale is a scalar, output shape will be (m, n). If scale is an Symbol with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each entry in scale.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.gamma(alpha=1, beta=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a gamma distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a gamma distribution parametrized by alpha (shape) and beta (scale).

Parameters:
  • alpha (float or Symbol, optional) – The shape of the gamma distribution. Should be greater than zero.
  • beta (float or Symbol, optional) – The scale of the gamma distribution. Should be greater than zero. Default is equal to 1.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and alpha and beta are scalars, output shape will be (m, n). If alpha and beta are Symbols with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each [alpha, beta) pair.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.negative_binomial(k=1, p=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a negative binomial distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a negative binomial distribution parametrized by k (limit of unsuccessful experiments) and p (failure probability in each experiment). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Parameters:
  • k (float or Symbol, optional) – Limit of unsuccessful experiments, > 0.
  • p (float or Symbol, optional) – Failure probability in each experiment, >= 0 and <=1.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and k and p are scalars, output shape will be (m, n). If k and p are Symbols with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each [k, p) pair.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.generalized_negative_binomial(mu=1, alpha=1, shape=_Null, dtype=_Null, **kwargs)[source]

Draw random samples from a generalized negative binomial distribution.

Samples are distributed according to a generalized negative binomial distribution parametrized by mu (mean) and alpha (dispersion). alpha is defined as 1/k where k is the failure limit of the number of unsuccessful experiments (generalized to real numbers). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Parameters:
  • mu (float or Symbol, optional) – Mean of the negative binomial distribution.
  • alpha (float or Symbol, optional) – Alpha (dispersion) parameter of the negative binomial distribution.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw. If shape is, e.g., (m, n) and mu and alpha are scalars, output shape will be (m, n). If mu and alpha are Symbols with shape, e.g., (x, y), then output will have shape (x, y, m, n), where m*n samples are drawn for each [mu, alpha) pair.
  • dtype ({'float16', 'float32', 'float64'}, optional) – Data type of output samples. Default is ‘float32’
mxnet.symbol.random.multinomial(data, shape=_Null, get_prob=True, dtype='int32', **kwargs)[source]

Concurrent sampling from multiple multinomial distributions.

Note

The input distribution must be normalized, i.e. data must sum to 1 along its last dimension.

Parameters:
  • data (Symbol) – An n dimensional array whose last dimension has length k, where k is the number of possible outcomes of each multinomial distribution. For example, data with shape (m, n, k) specifies m*n multinomial distributions each with k possible outcomes.
  • shape (int or tuple of ints, optional) – The number of samples to draw from each distribution. If shape is empty one sample will be drawn from each distribution.
  • get_prob (bool, optional) – If true, a second array containing log likelihood of the drawn samples will also be returned. This is usually used for reinforcement learning, where you can provide reward as head gradient w.r.t. this array to estimate gradient.
  • dtype (str or numpy.dtype, optional) – Data type of the sample output array. The default is int32. Note that the data type of the log likelihood array is the same with that of data.
mxnet.symbol.random.shuffle(data, **kwargs)[source]

Shuffle the elements randomly.

This shuffles the array along the first axis. The order of the elements in each subarray does not change. For example, if a 2D array is given, the order of the rows randomly changes, but the order of the elements in each row does not change.

Parameters:data (NDArray) – Input data array.

Examples

>>> data = mx.nd.array([[0, 1, 2], [3, 4, 5], [6, 7, 8]])
>>> a = mx.sym.Variable('a')
>>> b = mx.sym.random.shuffle(a)
>>> b.eval(a=data)
[[ 0.  1.  2.]
 [ 6.  7.  8.]
 [ 3.  4.  5.]]

>>> b.eval(a=data)
[[ 3.  4.  5.]
 [ 0.  1.  2.]
 [ 6.  7.  8.]]

mxnet.symbol.random.exponential_like(data=None, lam=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from an exponential distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to an exponential distribution parametrized by lambda (rate).

Example:

exponential(lam=4, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 0.0097189 ,  0.08999364],
                                      [ 0.04146638,  0.31715935]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L242

Parameters:
  • lam (float, optional, default=1) – Lambda parameter (rate) of the exponential distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.gamma_like(data=None, alpha=_Null, beta=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a gamma distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to a gamma distribution parametrized by alpha (shape) and beta (scale).

Example:

gamma(alpha=9, beta=0.5, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 7.10486984,  3.37695289],
                                            [ 3.91697288,  3.65933681]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L231

Parameters:
  • alpha (float, optional, default=1) – Alpha parameter (shape) of the gamma distribution.
  • beta (float, optional, default=1) – Beta parameter (scale) of the gamma distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.generalized_negative_binomial_like(data=None, mu=_Null, alpha=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a generalized negative binomial distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to a generalized negative binomial distribution parametrized by mu (mean) and alpha (dispersion). alpha is defined as 1/k where k is the failure limit of the number of unsuccessful experiments (generalized to real numbers). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

generalized_negative_binomial(mu=2.0, alpha=0.3, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 2.,  1.],
                                                                    [ 6.,  4.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L283

Parameters:
  • mu (float, optional, default=1) – Mean of the negative binomial distribution.
  • alpha (float, optional, default=1) – Alpha (dispersion) parameter of the negative binomial distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.negative_binomial_like(data=None, k=_Null, p=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a negative binomial distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to a negative binomial distribution parametrized by k (limit of unsuccessful experiments) and p (failure probability in each experiment). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

negative_binomial(k=3, p=0.4, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 4.,  7.],
                                                 [ 2.,  5.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L267

Parameters:
  • k (int, optional, default='1') – Limit of unsuccessful experiments.
  • p (float, optional, default=1) – Failure probability in each experiment.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.normal_like(data=None, loc=_Null, scale=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a normal (Gaussian) distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to a normal distribution parametrized by loc (mean) and scale (standard deviation).

Example:

normal(loc=0, scale=1, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 1.89171135, -1.16881478],
                                          [-1.23474145,  1.55807114]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L220

Parameters:
  • loc (float, optional, default=0) – Mean of the distribution.
  • scale (float, optional, default=1) – Standard deviation of the distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.poisson_like(data=None, lam=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a Poisson distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are distributed according to a Poisson distribution parametrized by lambda (rate). Samples will always be returned as a floating point data type.

Example:

poisson(lam=4, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 5.,  2.],
                                  [ 4.,  6.]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L254

Parameters:
  • lam (float, optional, default=1) – Lambda parameter (rate) of the Poisson distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol

mxnet.symbol.random.uniform_like(data=None, low=_Null, high=_Null, name=None, attr=None, out=None, **kwargs)

Draw random samples from a uniform distribution according to the input array shape.

Samples are uniformly distributed over the half-open interval [low, high) (includes low, but excludes high).

Example:

uniform(low=0, high=1, data=ones(2,2)) = [[ 0.60276335,  0.85794562],
                                          [ 0.54488319,  0.84725171]]

Defined in src/operator/random/sample_op.cc:L208

Parameters:
  • low (float, optional, default=0) – Lower bound of the distribution.
  • high (float, optional, default=1) – Upper bound of the distribution.
  • data (Symbol) – The input
  • name (string, optional.) – Name of the resulting symbol.
Returns:

The result symbol.

Return type:

Symbol